TW200928579A - Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, novel compound and method of producing the same, and acid generator - Google Patents

Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, novel compound and method of producing the same, and acid generator Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200928579A
TW200928579A TW97134569A TW97134569A TW200928579A TW 200928579 A TW200928579 A TW 200928579A TW 97134569 A TW97134569 A TW 97134569A TW 97134569 A TW97134569 A TW 97134569A TW 200928579 A TW200928579 A TW 200928579A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
compound
alkyl group
acid
carbon number
Prior art date
Application number
TW97134569A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI384325B (en
Inventor
Akiya Kawaue
Takeshi Iwai
Hideo Hada
Shinichi Hidesaka
Tsuyoshi Kurosawa
Natsuko Maruyama
Kensuke Matsuzawa
Takehiro Seshimo
Hiroaki Shimizu
Tsuyoshi Nakamura
Original Assignee
Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd filed Critical Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd
Publication of TW200928579A publication Critical patent/TW200928579A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI384325B publication Critical patent/TWI384325B/en

Links

Abstract

A compound represented by formula (I); and a compound represented by formula (b1-1): [Chemical Formula 1] wherein X represents -O-, -S-, -O-R3-or-S-R4-, wherein each of R3 and R4 independently represents an alkylene group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms; R2 represents an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxyalkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group; a represents an integer of 0 to 2; Q1 represents an alkyene group of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a single bond; Y1 represents an alkylene group of 1 to 4carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkylene group; M+ represents an alkali metal ion; and A+ represents an organic cation.

Description

200928579 九、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明爲有關含有作爲酸產生劑之有用的新穎#合·牧; 的光阻組成物、光阻圖型之形成方法、該化合物、做胃胃 . 化合物之前驅物之有用的化合物及其製造方法,與由該化 合物所形成之酸產生劑。 > 本案爲基於2007年9月12日於日本申請之特願 φ 200 7— 23 70 54號、20 07年10月23日於日本申請之特願 2007 — 2756 5 5號、2008年1月8日於日本申請之特願 2008-1423號,及2008年3月13日於日本申請之特願 2008 - 064131號爲基礎主張優先權,本發明系援用該内 容。 【先前技術】 微影蝕刻技術中,例如於基板上形成由光阻材料所得 © 之光阻膜,並對於前述光阻膜,介由形成特定圖型之遮罩 ,以光、電子線等放射線進行選擇性曝光,經施以顯影處 理,使前述光阻膜形成具有特定形狀之光阻圖型之方式進 I 行。經曝光之部份變化爲具有溶解於顯影液之特性的光阻 材料稱爲正型,經曝光之部份變化爲具有不溶解於顯影液 之特性的光阻材料稱爲負型。 近年來,於半導體元件或液晶顯示元件之製造中,伴 隨微影鈾刻技術之進步而急速的推向圖型之微細化。 微細化之方法,一般而言,爲將曝光光源予以短波長 -6 - 200928579 化之方式進行。具體而言爲,以往爲使用g線、i線爲代 表之紫外線。但現在則開始使用KrF準分子雷射、或ArF 準分子雷射以進行半導體元件之量產。又,對於前述準分 子雷射具有更短波長之F2準分子雷射、電子線、EUV ( , 極紫外線)或X線等亦已開始進行硏究。 光阻材料,則尋求對於前述曝光光源具有感度,具有200928579 IX. OBJECT OF THE INVENTION [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a photoresist composition containing a novel novel, which is useful as an acid generator, a photoresist pattern, a method for forming a photoresist pattern, and a stomach and stomach. A useful compound of a compound precursor and a method for producing the same, and an acid generator formed from the compound. > This case is based on the special request φ 200 7— 23 70 54 applied for in Japan on September 12, 2007, and the Japanese wish to apply for it in Japan on October 23, 2007. 2756 5 5, January 2008 The priority is claimed on the basis of the Japanese Patent Application No. 2008-1423, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. [Prior Art] In the lithography technique, for example, a photoresist film obtained by using a photoresist material is formed on a substrate, and for the above-mentioned photoresist film, radiation such as light or electron lines is formed by forming a mask of a specific pattern. The selective exposure is carried out, and the development process is carried out to form the photoresist film into a photoresist pattern having a specific shape. The portion of the exposure which is changed to have a characteristic of being dissolved in the developer is referred to as a positive type, and the portion of the photoresist which is exposed to have a property of not being dissolved in the developer is referred to as a negative type. In recent years, in the manufacture of semiconductor elements or liquid crystal display elements, with the advancement of the lithography technique, the pattern has been rapidly refined. The method of miniaturization is generally carried out in such a manner that the exposure light source is made short-wavelength -6 - 200928579. Specifically, ultraviolet rays which are represented by g-line and i-line are conventionally used. However, KrF excimer lasers or ArF excimer lasers are now being used for mass production of semiconductor components. Further, F2 excimer lasers, electron beams, EUV (extreme ultraviolet rays) or X-rays having shorter wavelengths for the aforementioned quasi-molecular lasers have also been studied. The photoresist material is sought to have sensitivity to the aforementioned exposure light source,

V 可重現微細尺寸圖型之解析性等微影蝕刻特性。可滿足前 0 述要求之光阻材料,一般常用含有基於酸之作用使對鹼顯 影液的溶解性產生變化之基礎樹脂,與經由曝光產生酸之 酸產生劑之化學增幅型光阻。例如正型之化學增幅型光阻 ,該基礎樹脂爲含有基於酸之作用而增大對鹼顯影液之溶 解性的樹脂,與酸產生劑,於光阻圖型形成時,經由曝光 使酸產生劑產生酸,而使曝光部對鹼顯影液形成可溶。 目前爲止,化學增幅型光阻之基礎樹脂爲使用對KrF 準分子雷射(248 nm )具有高度透明性之聚羥基苯乙烯( 〇 PHS )或其羥基被酸解離性之溶解抑制基所保護之樹脂( PHS系樹脂)。但是,PHS系樹脂,因具有苯環等芳香環 “ ,故對於248nm更短之波長,例如對於1 93nm之光線的 - 透明性仍不充分。因此,使用PHS系樹脂作爲基礎樹脂 成份之化學增幅型光阻,例如對於使用193nm光線之製 程,則仍有解析性較低等缺點。因此,目前,對於ArF準 分子雷射微影鈾刻中所使用之光阻的基礎樹脂,爲使其於 1 93 nm附近具有優良透明性,故一般多使用主鏈具有以( 甲基)丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位之樹脂(丙烯酸系樹脂 200928579 )。爲正型之情形,前述樹脂主要爲使用包含含有脂肪族 多環式基之三級烷酯型酸解離性溶解抑制基之(甲基)丙 烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位、例如主要使用含有2—烷基-2-金剛烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等所衍生之結構單位的樹 . fl旨(例如專利文獻1 )。 又,「(甲基)丙嫌酸醋(acrylic acid ester)」係 % 指α位鍵結有氫原子之丙烯酸酯,與該α位鍵結甲基之甲 φ 基丙烯酸酯之一或二者之意。「(甲基)丙烯酸酯( acrylate )」係指〇:位鍵結有氫原子之丙烯酸酯,與該α 位鍵結甲基之甲基丙烯酸酯之一或二者之意。「(甲基) 丙烯酸」係指α位鍵結有氫原子之丙烯酸,與該α位鍵結 甲基之甲基丙烯酸之一或二者之意。 又,化學增幅型光阻中所使用之酸產生劑,目前已有 各種各樣之物質被提出,已知例如碘銷鹽或毓鹽等鑰鹽系 酸產生劑。 φ 〔專利文獻1〕特開2003— 241385號公報 【發明內容】 - 上述鑰鹽系酸產生劑之陰離子部,目前一般爲使用全 氟烷基磺酸離子。該陰離子之全氟烷基鏈,一般爲抑制曝 光後酸之擴散時多以越長爲佳。但是,碳數6〜10之全氟 烷基鏈因具有難分解性,故於考慮生體蓄積性下之處理安 全,多使用九氟丁院磺酸離子等。因此,對於光阻組成物 用之酸產生劑則有需要更適當之新穎化合物的要求。 -8 - 200928579 本發明即是鑒於上述情事所提出者,而以提出光阻組 成物用之作爲酸產生劑之有用的新穎化合物、做爲該化合 物之前驅物之有用的化合物及其製造方法、酸產生劑、光 阻組成物及光阻圖型形成方法爲目的。 爲達成上述之目的,本發明係採用以下之構成內容。 即,本發明之第一之態樣爲,一種光阻組成物,其爲 含有經由酸之作用而對鹼顯影液之溶解性發生變化之基材 成份(A),及經由曝光而產生酸之酸產生劑成份(B) 之光阻組成物,其特徵爲, 前述酸產生劑成份(B)爲含有下述通式(bl-Ι)所 表示之化合物所形成之酸產生劑(B 1 ),V reproduces the lithographic etching characteristics such as resolution of fine-size patterns. The photoresist material which satisfies the requirements of the above-mentioned requirements generally has a chemically amplified photoresist which contains a base resin which changes the solubility of the alkali developing solution based on an acid action, and an acid generator which generates an acid by exposure. For example, a positive type chemically amplified photoresist, the base resin is a resin containing an acid-based effect to increase solubility in an alkali developer, and an acid generator is used to form an acid by exposure when a photoresist pattern is formed. The agent generates an acid, and the exposed portion is made soluble to the alkali developer. So far, the base resin of the chemically amplified photoresist is protected by a polyhydroxystyrene (〇PHS) having a high transparency to a KrF excimer laser (248 nm) or a hydroxyl group thereof which is inhibited by an acid-dissociable dissolution inhibiting group. Resin (PHS resin). However, since the PHS-based resin has an aromatic ring such as a benzene ring, transparency to a shorter wavelength of 248 nm, for example, light of 193 nm is still insufficient. Therefore, the chemical growth of the PHS-based resin as a base resin component is used. Type resist, for example, for the process using 193 nm light, there are still some disadvantages such as low resolution. Therefore, at present, the base resin for the photoresist used in ArF excimer laser lithography is to Since 1 93 nm has excellent transparency, a resin having a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylate (acrylic resin 200928579) is generally used in the main chain. In the case of a positive type, the above-mentioned resin is mainly used. a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate of an aliphatic polycyclic group-based tertiary alkyl ester type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group, for example, mainly containing 2-alkyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylic acid A tree of a structural unit derived from an ester or the like (for example, Patent Document 1). Further, "(meth)acrylic acid ester" refers to propylene having a hydrogen atom bonded to the α-position. Ester, of methyl acrylate, methyl group, or one of φ meaning both bonded to the α position. "(Meth)acrylate" means an acrylate in which a hydrogen atom is bonded to a terminal, and one or both of a methyl methacrylate bonded to the α-position. "(Meth)acrylic acid" means an acrylic acid having a hydrogen atom bonded to the α-position, and one or both of the methacrylic acid having a methyl group bonded to the α-position. Further, various acid-generating agents used in chemically amplified photoresists have been proposed, and key acid generators such as iodine salt or phosphonium salt are known. [Patent Document 1] JP-A-2003-241385 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION - The anion portion of the above-mentioned key salt acid generator is generally a perfluoroalkylsulfonate ion. The perfluoroalkyl chain of the anion is generally preferably as long as it inhibits the diffusion of acid after exposure. However, since the perfluoroalkyl chain having a carbon number of 6 to 10 is difficult to decompose, it is safe to be treated in consideration of the accumulation of the living body, and a nonafluorobutyrene sulfonate ion or the like is often used. Therefore, there is a need for a more suitable novel compound for the acid generator for the photoresist composition. -8 - 200928579 The present invention is a useful novel compound for use as an acid generator for a photoresist composition, a useful compound as a precursor of the compound, and a method for producing the same, in view of the above circumstances, An acid generator, a photoresist composition, and a photoresist pattern forming method are intended. In order to achieve the above object, the present invention adopts the following constitution. That is, the first aspect of the present invention is a photoresist composition which is a substrate component (A) which contains a change in solubility to an alkali developer via an action of an acid, and an acid which is generated by exposure. The photoresist composition of the acid generator component (B), characterized in that the acid generator component (B) is an acid generator (B 1 ) formed by a compound represented by the following formula (bl-Ι). ,

【化1】【化1】

―,R3及R4爲各自獨立之碳數1〜5之伸烷基;R2爲碳 數1〜6之烷基、碳數1〜6之烷氧基、碳數1〜6之鹵化 烷基、鹵素原子、碳數1〜6之羥烷基、羥基或氰基;a 爲0〜2之整數;Q1爲碳數1〜12之伸烷基或單鍵;Y1爲 碳數1〜4之伸烷基或氟化伸烷基;A +爲有機陽離子〕。 -9- 200928579 本發明之第二之態樣爲,一種光阻圖型之形成方法, 其特徵爲,包含使用前述第一之態樣之光阻組成物於支撐 體上形成光阻膜之步驟,使前述光阻膜曝光之步驟,及將 前述光阻膜鹼顯影以形成光阻圖型之步驟。 本發明之第三之態樣爲,一種下述通式(I)所表示 之化合物(以下,亦稱爲化合物(I )), ❹ ❹ 【化2】 0―, R 3 and R 4 are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; a halogen atom, a hydroxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group; a is an integer of 0 to 2; Q1 is an alkylene group or a single bond having a carbon number of 1 to 12; and Y1 is a carbon number of 1 to 4 Alkyl or fluorinated alkyl; A + is an organic cation]. -9- 200928579 A second aspect of the present invention is a method for forming a photoresist pattern, comprising the step of forming a photoresist film on a support using the photoresist composition of the first aspect. a step of exposing the photoresist film and a step of alkali developing the photoresist film to form a photoresist pattern. The third aspect of the present invention is a compound represented by the following formula (I) (hereinafter, also referred to as compound (I)), ❹ ❹ [Chemical 2] 0

.⑴ 〔式中,X 爲—0- 、一 S —、一 0 — R3-或—S_R4 _ ’ R3及R4爲各自獨立之碳數1〜5之伸烷基;r2爲碳 數1〜ό之烷基、碳數丨〜6之烷氧基、碳數】〜6之齒化 院基、鹵素原子、碳數丨〜6之羥烷基、羥基或氰基;a 爲〇〜2之整數;Qi爲碳數ι〜12之伸烷基或單鍵;…爲 碳數1〜4之伸烷基或氟化伸烷基;M +爲鹼金屬離子〕。 本發明之第四之態樣爲,—種化合物之製造方法,其 特徵爲’包含使下述通式(I _3)所表示之化合物(】_ 3) ’與下述通式(i—4)所表示之化合物(I—*)進行 脫水縮合,以製得下述通式(I )所表示之化合物(丨)之 步驟的化合物之製造方法(以下,亦稱爲化合物(ι)之 製造方法)。 -10- 200928579 【化3】 Ο II , _ +(1) [wherein, X is -0-, an S-, a 0-R3- or -S_R4_' R3 and R4 are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; r2 is a carbon number of 1 to ό The alkyl group, the carbon number 丨~6 alkoxy group, the carbon number] 〜6 of the dentate group, the halogen atom, the carbon number 丨~6 hydroxyalkyl group, the hydroxyl group or the cyano group; a is an integer of 〇~2 ; Qi is an alkyl or single bond having a carbon number of 1-4 to 12; ... is an alkyl or fluorinated alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4; and M + is an alkali metal ion. The fourth aspect of the present invention is a method for producing a compound characterized by 'comprising a compound represented by the following formula (I _3) (] _ 3) ' with the following formula (i-4) The method for producing a compound obtained by the step of dehydrating condensation of the compound (I-*) represented by the following formula (I) (hereinafter, also referred to as the production of the compound (I)) method). -10- 200928579 【化3】 Ο II , _ +

HO—C—Y1—SO3 MHO—C—Y1—SO3 M

OO

…⑴ ❹ 〔式中,x 爲一〇—、一 s—、_〇—R ' —,R3及R4爲各自獨立之碳數1〜5之伸院 數1〜6之烷基、碳數1〜6之烷氧基、碳數 烷基、鹵素原子、碳數1〜6之羥烷基、翔: 爲0〜2之整數;Q1爲碳數1〜12之伸烷基或 碳數1〜4之伸烷基或氟化伸烷基;M +爲鹼金 本發明之第五之態樣爲,一種下述通式 表示之化合物 F,亦稱爲化合物(B 1 )) -或-S - R4 基;R2爲碳 1〜6之鹵化 1或氰基;a 單鍵;Y1爲 屬離子〕。 (b 1 - 1 )所 -11 - 200928579 【化4】(1) ❹ [wherein, x is a 〇-, a s-, _〇-R '-, R3 and R4 are independent carbon numbers 1 to 5, the number of extensions 1 to 6 alkyl, carbon number 1 Alkoxy group of 1-6, carbon number alkyl group, halogen atom, hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, xiang: an integer of 0 to 2; Q1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a carbon number of 1~ 4 alkylene or fluorinated alkyl; M + is alkali gold. The fifth aspect of the invention is a compound F represented by the following formula, also known as compound (B 1 )) -or-S - R4 group; R2 is a halogenated 1 or a cyano group of carbon 1 to 6; a single bond; Y1 is a genus ion). (b 1 - 1 ) -11 - 200928579 [Chemical 4]

〔式中,X 爲一0—、一 S—、一 0 — R3 —或—S — R4 ® 一 ’R3及R4爲各自獨立之碳數1〜5之伸烷基;R2爲碳 數1〜6之烷基、碳數1〜6之烷氧基、碳數1〜6之鹵化 烷基、鹵素原子、碳數1〜6之羥烷基、羥基或氰基;a 爲〇〜2之整數;Q1爲碳數ι〜12之伸烷基或單鍵:Y1爲 碳數1〜4之伸烷基或氟化伸烷基;A +爲有機陽離子〕。 本發明之第六之態樣爲,一種酸產生劑,其爲前述第 三之態樣之化合物(B 1 )所形成。 本說明書及申請專利範圍中, 「脂肪族」,係爲相對於芳香族之相對槪念,定義爲 不具有芳香族性之基、化合物等之意。 轟_ 「烷基」,於無特別限定下,爲包含直鏈狀、支鏈狀 及環狀之1價之飽和烴基之物。 . 「伸烷基」,於無特別限定下,爲包含直鏈狀、支鏈 狀及環狀之2價之飽和烴基之物。 「低級院基」爲碳原子數1〜5之院基。 「結構單位」係指構成樹脂成份(聚合物)之單體單 位(monomer單位)之意。 - 12- 200928579 「曝光」爲包含放射線之全般照射之槪念。 〔發明之效果〕 本發明爲提供一種作爲光阻組成物用之酸產生劑之有 . 用的新穎化合物、作爲該化合物之前驅物之有用的化合物 及其製造方法、酸產生劑、光阻組成物及光阻圖型之形成 方法。 ❹ 〔實施發明之最佳形態〕 《化合物(I )》 本發明之化合物(I ),爲以前述通式(I)所表示。 式(I)中,X 爲—〇-、— S—、一O—R3 —或—S — R4- 〇 R3及R4爲各自獨立之碳數1〜5之伸烷基。該伸烷 基以直鏈狀或支鏈狀爲佳,以碳數爲1〜3爲佳,以1〜2 φ 者爲更佳。 X以_〇—爲最佳。 *' R2中之烷基,以直鏈狀或支鏈狀之.烷基爲佳。具體 ' 而言,例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、η — 丁基、異丁 基、tert—丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基、己基等。其中 又以甲基或乙基爲佳,以甲基爲最佳。 R2中之烷氧基,例如前述R2中,作爲烷基所列舉之 烷基鍵結氧原子(_〇—)所得之基。 R2中之齒素原子,例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、 -13- 200928579 碘原子等,又以氟原子爲佳。 R2中之鹵化烷基,例如前述R2中,作爲烷基所列舉 之烷基的氫原子之一部份或全部被前述鹵素原子所取代之 基。該鹵化烷基以氟化烷基爲佳,特別是以全氟烷基爲佳 〇 R2中之羥烷基,例如前述R2中,作爲烷基所列舉之 烷基的氫原子之至少1個被羥基所取代之基。 φ a可爲0〜2之任一者皆可,又以0爲最佳。 a爲2之情形,複數之R2可爲各自相同或相異皆可 〇 Q1之伸烷基,可爲直鏈狀或支鏈狀皆可。該伸烷基 之碳數,以1〜5爲佳,以1〜3爲更佳。 該伸烷基,具體而言,例如伸甲基〔一 CH2—〕; -CH(CH3)—、一 CH(CH2CH3)-、一C(CH3)2-、 —C(CH3)(CH2CH3)-、一 C(CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)-、 〇 - C(CH2CH3)2 —等之烷基伸甲基;伸乙基〔一CH2CH2 —〕 :一 CH(CH3)CH2—、-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)-、 - C(CH3)2CH2 —、— CH(CH2CH3)CH2 -、 , -CH(CH2CH3)CH2 —等之烷基伸乙基;三伸甲基(n —伸 丙基)〔—CH2CH2CH2-〕; - CH(CH3)CH2CH2- ' —CH2CH (CH3) CH2 —等之烷基三伸甲基;四伸甲基〔 -CH2CH2CH2CH2-〕; - CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2 -、 —CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH2—等之烷基四伸甲基;五伸甲基〔 一 CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—〕等。 -14- 200928579 Q1以伸甲基、伸乙基、η—伸丙基或單鍵結爲佳,特 別是以單鍵結爲佳。 Υ1爲碳數1〜4之伸烷基或氟化伸烷基。 Υ1 爲一cf2-、- cf2cf2 -、- cf2cf2cf2-、 _ — CF(CF3)CF2 —、- CF(CF2CF3)-、一 C(CF3)2—、 -CF2CF2CF2CF2 -、一 CF(CF3)CF2CF2 —、[wherein, X is a 0-, an S-, a 0-R3- or -S-R4®-'R3 and R4 are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; R2 is a carbon number 1~ An alkyl group of 6 , an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group; a is an integer of 〇 2 ; Q1 is an alkylene group or a single bond having a carbon number of 1-4 to 12: Y1 is an alkylene group or a fluorinated alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4; and A + is an organic cation. The sixth aspect of the invention is an acid generator which is formed by the compound (B 1 ) of the third aspect described above. In the scope of the present specification and the patent application, "aliphatic" is a relative complication with respect to aromatics, and is defined as a group or a compound having no aromaticity. The "alkyl group" is a linear, branched, and cyclic monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group, unless otherwise specified. The "alkylene group" is a compound containing a linear, branched, and cyclic divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, unless otherwise specified. The "low-grade yard base" is a hospital base with a carbon number of 1 to 5. "Structural unit" means the unit of monomer (monomer unit) constituting the resin component (polymer). - 12- 200928579 "Exposure" is a tribute to the full illumination of radiation. [Effects of the Invention] The present invention provides a novel compound which is used as an acid generator for a photoresist composition, a useful compound as a precursor of the compound, a method for producing the same, an acid generator, and a photoresist composition. The method of forming the object and the photoresist pattern.最佳 [Best Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] "Compound (I)" The compound (I) of the present invention is represented by the above formula (I). In the formula (I), X is -〇-, -S-, -O-R3- or -S-R4- 〇 R3 and R4 are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The alkylene group is preferably a linear chain or a branched chain, preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 3 and preferably 1 to 2 φ. X is best with _〇. *' The alkyl group in R2 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group. Specifically, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, η-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl and the like. Among them, methyl or ethyl is preferred, and methyl is preferred. The alkoxy group in R2, for example, in the above R2, is a group derived from an alkyl group-bonded oxygen atom (_〇-) exemplified for the alkyl group. The fang atom in R2, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an -13-200928579 iodine atom or the like, is preferably a fluorine atom. The halogenated alkyl group in R2, for example, in the above R2, a part or all of a hydrogen atom of the alkyl group exemplified as the alkyl group is substituted by the above halogen atom. The halogenated alkyl group is preferably a fluorinated alkyl group, and particularly a perfluoroalkyl group is preferably a hydroxyalkyl group in R2. For example, at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group exemplified as the alkyl group in the above R2 is a group substituted by a hydroxyl group. φ a can be any of 0 to 2, and 0 is the best. In the case where a is 2, the plural R2 may be the same or different, and the alkyl group of Q1 may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 5, more preferably from 1 to 3. The alkylene group, specifically, for example, methyl [CH2-]; -CH(CH3)-, one CH(CH2CH3)-, one C(CH3)2-, -C(CH3)(CH2CH3)- , a C(CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)-, 〇-C(CH2CH3)2-, etc. alkyl-methyl group; an extended ethyl group [-CH2CH2-]: a CH(CH3)CH2-, -CH(CH3)CH ( CH3)-, -C(CH3)2CH2-, -CH(CH2CH3)CH2-, , -CH(CH2CH3)CH2-, etc. alkyl-extended ethyl; tri-methyl (n-extended propyl)[-CH2CH2CH2- -CH(CH3)CH2CH2-'-CH2CH(CH3)CH2-etc. Alkyltri-methyl; tetramethyl-[CH-CH2CH2CH2CH2-]; -CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2 -, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH2 —etc. Alkyltetramethyl; pentamethyl; a CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-—etc. -14- 200928579 Q1 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a η-propyl group or a single bond, especially a single bond. Υ1 is an alkylene group or a fluorinated alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4. Υ1 is a cf2-, - cf2cf2 -, - cf2cf2cf2-, _ - CF(CF3)CF2 -, -CF(CF2CF3)-, a C(CF3)2-, -CF2CF2CF2CF2 -, a CF(CF3)CF2CF2 -,

V -CF2CF(CF3)CF2 -、- CF(CF3)CF(CF3)-、 ❹ —C(CF3)2CF2、— CF(CF2CF3)CF2 -、- CF(CF2CF2CF3)- 、一 C(CF3)(CF2CF3) — ; — CHF _、一 CH2CF2 —、 -CH2CH2CF2-、- ch2cf2cf2 -、一 CH(CF3)CH2-、 -CH(CF2CF3) -、- C(CH3)(CF3) - ' - CH2CH2CH2CF2-、-CH2CH2CF2CF2 -、一 ch(cf3)ch2ch2-、 -CH2CH(CF3)CH2 -、- CH(CF3)CH(CF3)-、 -C(CF3)2CH2— ; - CH2 - ' - CH2CH2 - ' - ch2ch2ch2 -、一ch(ch3)ch2-、一 ch(ch2ch3)-、一c(ch3)2—、 ❹ -CH2CH2CH2CH2-、- CH(CH3)CH2CH2 -、 —CH2CH(CH3)CH2-、一CH(CH3)CH(CH3)-、 * — C(CH3)2CH2-、一 CH(CH2CH3)CH2-、 • — CH(CH2CH2CH3) —、一 C(CH3)(CH2CH3)-等。 Y1以氟化伸烷基爲佳,特別是以鄰接之硫原子所鍵 結之碳原子經氟化所得之氟化伸烷基爲佳。該些氟化伸烷 基,例如一CF2-、- CF2CF2-、- CF2CF2CF2-、 —CF(CF3)CF2 — 、一 CF2CF2CF2CF2 ― 、- CF(CF3)CF2CF2 、-CF2CF(CF3)CF2 - 、- CF(CF3)CF(CF3)-、 200928579 —c(cf3)2cf2-、- CF(CF2CF3)CF2- ; - CH2CF2-、 -CH2CH2CF2 -、- CH2CF2CF2 - ; - CH2CH2CH2CF2 -、 -ch2ch2cf2cf2-、一 ch2cf2cf2cf2-等。 其中又以—CF2-、- CF2CF2 -、- CF2CF2CF2-, 或-CH2CF2CF2 -爲佳,以一 CF2 —、- CF2CF2 -或― CF2CF2CF2—爲更佳,以-CF2—爲最佳。 ❹ M +之鹼金屬離子,例如鈉離子、鋰離子、鉀離子等 ,又以鈉離子或鋰離子爲佳。 本發明中,化合物(I)以下述通式(I — 11)所表 示之化合物爲佳。 【化5】V -CF2CF(CF3)CF2 -, - CF(CF3)CF(CF3)-, ❹-C(CF3)2CF2, -CF(CF2CF3)CF2 -, -CF(CF2CF2CF3)-, one C(CF3)(CF2CF3 ) - ; - CHF _, -CH2CF2 -, -CH2CH2CF2-, - ch2cf2cf2 -, -CH(CF3)CH2-, -CH(CF2CF3) -, -C(CH3)(CF3) - ' - CH2CH2CH2CF2-, -CH2CH2CF2CF2 -, a ch(cf3)ch2ch2-, -CH2CH(CF3)CH2-, -CH(CF3)CH(CF3)-, -C(CF3)2CH2-; -CH2 - ' - CH2CH2 - ' - ch2ch2ch2 -, one Ch(ch3)ch2-, one ch(ch2ch3)-, one c(ch3)2-, ❹-CH2CH2CH2CH2-, -CH(CH3)CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, one CH(CH3)CH( CH3)-, *-C(CH3)2CH2-, one CH(CH2CH3)CH2-, ?-CH(CH2CH2CH3)-, one C(CH3)(CH2CH3)-, and the like. Y1 is preferably a fluorinated alkyl group, and particularly preferably a fluorinated alkyl group obtained by fluorinating a carbon atom bonded to a sulfur atom adjacent thereto. The fluorinated alkyl groups, such as a CF2-, -CF2CF2-, -CF2CF2CF2-, -CF(CF3)CF2-, a CF2CF2CF2CF2-, -CF(CF3)CF2CF2, -CF2CF(CF3)CF2-, -CF (CF3)CF(CF3)-, 200928579—c(cf3)2cf2-, -CF(CF2CF3)CF2-; -CH2CF2-, -CH2CH2CF2-, -CH2CF2CF2-; - CH2CH2CH2CF2-, -ch2ch2cf2cf2-, one ch2cf2cf2cf2-, etc. . Further, -CF2-, -CF2CF2-, -CF2CF2CF2-, or -CH2CF2CF2- is preferred, and a CF2-, -CF2CF2- or -CF2CF2CF2- is more preferred, and -CF2- is preferred. ❹ M + alkali metal ions, such as sodium ions, lithium ions, potassium ions, etc., preferably sodium or lithium ions. In the present invention, the compound (I) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (I-11). 【化5】

/--° Ο (1-11) 〔式中,X、R2、a、M +分別與前述式(I)中之X、 R2、a、M +爲相同,b爲0〜5之整數、c爲1〜3之整數 、R3及R4爲各自獨立之氟原子或氟化烷基〕。 b以0或1爲佳,以〇爲最佳。 c以1爲最佳。 R3及R4之氟化烷基,以直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基爲佳 。又,該氟化烷基以全氟烷基爲佳。該氟化烷基之碳數以 -16- 200928579 1〜5爲佳,以1爲最佳。 R 、R分別以氣原子爲最佳。 化合物(I)爲新穎之化合物。 化合物(I)於後述之化合物(B1)之製造中,可作 舄前驅物使用。 乂化合物(I)之製造方法> 本發明之化合物(I)之製造方法,並未有特別限定 ’較佳爲例如使含有下述通式(I 一 3 )所表示之化合物( I 一 3) ’與下述通式(I 一 4)所表示之化合物(I 一4) 進行脫水縮合以製得化合物(I )之步驟的方法爲佳。 【化6】/--° Ο (1-11) [wherein, X, R2, a, and M + are the same as X, R2, a, and M + in the above formula (I), and b is an integer of 0 to 5, c is an integer of 1 to 3, and R3 and R4 are each independently a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group]. b is preferably 0 or 1, and 〇 is the best. c is best at 1. The fluorinated alkyl group of R3 and R4 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group. Further, the fluorinated alkyl group is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. The carbon number of the fluorinated alkyl group is preferably -16 to 200928579 1 to 5, and most preferably 1 is used. R and R are preferably the same as the gas atom. Compound (I) is a novel compound. The compound (I) can be used as a ruthenium precursor in the production of the compound (B1) described later. (Manufacturing Method of the Compound (I)) The method for producing the compound (I) of the present invention is not particularly limited. Preferably, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (I-3) is contained (I-3) The method of performing the step of dehydrating condensation with the compound (I-4) represented by the following formula (I-4) to obtain the compound (I) is preferred. 【化6】

式(I— 3) 、(I— 4)中之 R2、a、Qi、γ1、M+ 分別 與前述式(I)中之R_2、a、Q1、Y1、M+爲相同之內容。 化合物(I 一 3)、化合物(1—4)分別可爲使用市售 之物,或合成者亦可。 例如化合物(I - 3 ),並未有特別限定,其可使下述 遵式(1一1)所表示之化合物(I— 1)經鹼處理而製得下 -17- 200928579 述通式(I — 2)所表示之化合物(I— 2)之步 ’亦稱爲步驟(i)),及使前述化合物(I 一 2 存在下進行加熱而製得化合物(I 一 3)之步驟 亦稱爲步驟(ii))所合成。 【化7】 Ο R1—O—C—Y1—S02F 0 Μ Ο一C—Y1—SO; Μ+ …d—2) 〔式中,R1爲碳數1〜5之烷基;Y】、M + 式(I)中之Υ'ΝΤ爲相同之內容〕。 步驟(i )中,化合物(I — 1 )可利用市售物 步驟(i )中,鹼處理,例如,可將化合物 於鹼之存在下進行加熱之方式實施,具體之例示 合物(I - 1 )溶解於水、四氫呋喃等溶劑中,並 中添加鹼,進行加熱等方法予以實施。 鹼,例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鋰等 鹼之使用量,相對於化合物(1_1) 1莫耳 莫耳爲佳,以2〜4莫耳爲更佳。 加熱溫度,以20〜120°C左右爲佳,以50〜 右爲更佳。加熱時間,依加熱溫度等而有所相異 0.5〜1 2小時爲佳,以1〜5小時爲更佳。 前述鹼處理後,可再進行中和。中和’可以 處理後之反應液中添加鹽酸、硫酸、P—甲苯磺 -18- 驟(以下 )於酸之 (以下, 係與前述 品。 (I — 1 ) 如,將化 於該溶液 ,以1〜5 / 100°C 左 ,通常以 於前述鹼 酸等之酸 200928579 之方式實施。此時,中和,以使酸添加後之反應液的pH 形成6〜8之方式實施爲佳。 反應結束後,可將反應液中之化合物(I 一 2)單離、 精製亦可。單離、精製中,可利用以往公知之方法進行’ . 例如可將濃縮、溶劑萃取、蒸餾、結晶化、再結晶、色層 分析法等中任一方法以單獨,或將2種以上組合方式使用 亦可。 0 步驟(ii),例如可將化合物(1_2)溶解於乙腈、 甲基乙基酮等溶劑中,再添加酸後進行加熱之方式予以實 施。 步驟(Π )中,酸爲使用酸強度較化合物(I 一 3 )之 強度爲高之酸。該酸,例如p—甲苯磺酸、硫酸、鹽酸等 〇 酸之使用量,相對於化合物(丨―2) 1莫耳,以0.5 〜3莫耳爲佳’以〗〜2莫耳爲更佳。 〇 加熱溫度’以20〜150 °c左右爲佳,以50〜120。(:左 右爲更佳。加熱時間,依加熱溫度等而有所不同,通常以 ·- 〇 · 5〜1 2小時爲佳,以工〜5小時爲更佳。 反應結束後,可將反應液中之化合物(1_3)單離、 精製亦可。單離、精製,可使用以往公知之方法,例如可 使用濃縮、溶劑萃取、蒸餾、結晶化、再結晶、色層分析 法等任一方法,可以單獨,或將2種以上組合使用。 化合物(I 一 3 )與化合物(I — 4 )之脫水縮合反應, 例如’可將化合物3)及化合物(I 一 4)溶解於二 -19- 200928579 氯乙烷、苯、甲苯、乙基苯、氯基苯、乙腈、N,N 基甲醯胺等非質子性之有機溶劑,再予加熱之方式 施。 上述脫水縮合反應中,有機溶劑,特別是以使 、二甲苯、氯基苯等之芳香族系之有機溶劑時,可 得之化合物(I)的產率、純度等而爲較佳。 脫水縮合反應之反應溫度,以20°C〜200°C左 ,以5 (TC〜1 5 0 °C左右爲更佳。反應時間依化合物 )及化合物(I- 4)之反應性或反應溫度等而有所 通常以1〜3 0小時爲佳,以3〜3 0小時爲更佳。 脫水縮合反應中,化合物(1_3)之使用量’ 特別限定,通常,相對於化合物(I - 4 ) 1莫耳’ 0.2〜3莫耳左右爲佳,以0.5〜2莫耳左右爲更 0.75〜1.5莫耳左右爲最佳。 上述脫水縮合反應,可於酸性觸媒之存在下進 酸性觸媒,例如P -甲苯磺酸等之有機酸’硫 酸等之無機酸等,其可單獨使用任何1種,或將2 合倂使用亦可。 脫水縮合反應中,酸性觸媒之使用量’只要爲 即可,亦可爲相當於溶劑之量,通常,相對於化ί —4) 1莫耳,爲0.001〜5莫耳左右。 脫水縮合反應,可使用Dean — Stark裝置進行 時實施。如此可縮短反應時間。 又,脫水縮合反應之際’可合倂使用1,1'-羰 —二甲 予以實 用甲苯 提高所 右爲佳 (1—3 不同, 並未有 以使用 佳,以 行。 酸、鹽 種以上 觸媒量 含物(I 脫水同 基二咪 -20- 200928579 哩、N,N,一二環己基碳二醯亞胺等脫水劑。 使用脫水劑之情形,其使用量相對於化合物(I - 4 ) 1莫耳,通常爲0.2〜5莫耳左右爲佳’以0.5〜3莫耳左 右爲更佳。 依上述方法所得之化合物的結構,可使用-核磁 共振(NMR)圖譜法、13C—NMR圖譜法' 19F—NMR圖 ♦ 譜法、紅外線吸收(IR )圖譜法、質量分析(MS )法、 φ 元素分析法、X射線結晶繞射法等一般的有機分析法進行 確認。 《化合物(B 1 )》 本發明之化合物(B1),爲以前述通式(bl—l)所 表示。 式(bl— 1)中,X、R2、a、Q1、Y1分別與前述通式 (I)中之X、R2、a、Q1、Y1爲相同之內容。 Ο A +之有機陽離子,並未有特別限制,其可適當使用 以往已知作爲鐵鹽系酸產生劑之陽離子部。具體而言,其 ·· 可適當使用下述通式(b,一 1) 、(b,— 2) 、(b1— 5)或 、 (b — 6)所表示之陽離子部。 【化8】 R1”R2, a, Qi, γ1, and M+ in the formulas (I-3) and (I-4) are the same as those of R_2, a, Q1, Y1, and M+ in the above formula (I). The compound (I-3) and the compound (1-4) may each be a commercially available product or a synthetic one. For example, the compound (I-3) is not particularly limited, and the compound (I-1) represented by the following formula (1 to 1) can be subjected to alkali treatment to obtain the following formula (I-1 to 200928579). — 2) The step of the compound (I-2) represented by the step (also referred to as the step (i)), and the step of preparing the compound (I-3) by heating the above compound (I-2) is also referred to as Step (ii)) is synthesized. [Chemical 7] Ο R1—O—C—Y1—S02F 0 Μ ΟC—Y1—SO; Μ+ ...d—2) [wherein R1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; Y], M + 式 'ΝΤ in the formula (I) is the same content. In the step (i), the compound (I-1) can be carried out by a base treatment in the commercially available step (i), for example, by heating the compound in the presence of a base, and the specific example (I - 1) It is dissolved in a solvent such as water or tetrahydrofuran, and a base is added thereto, followed by heating or the like. The amount of the base to be used, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide is preferably 1 mol% based on the compound (1_1), and more preferably 2 to 4 mol. The heating temperature is preferably about 20 to 120 ° C, and more preferably 50 to right. The heating time varies depending on the heating temperature, etc. 0.5 to 1 2 hours is preferred, and 1 to 5 hours is more preferred. After the aforementioned alkali treatment, neutralization can be carried out. Neutralization can be added to the reaction solution after adding hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, P-toluenesulfon-18- (hereinafter) to the acid (hereinafter, the above product. (I - 1), for example, will be in the solution, The reaction is carried out at a temperature of 1 to 5 / 100 ° C to the left, usually in the form of the above-mentioned acid such as alkali acid 200928579. In this case, the neutralization is preferably carried out so that the pH of the reaction liquid after the acid addition is 6 to 8. After completion of the reaction, the compound (I-2) in the reaction mixture may be isolated or purified. In the separation and purification, it may be carried out by a conventionally known method. For example, concentration, solvent extraction, distillation, and crystallization may be carried out. Any one of the methods such as recrystallization and chromatography may be used singly or in combination of two or more. 0 Step (ii), for example, the compound (1-2) may be dissolved in acetonitrile or methyl ethyl ketone. In the solvent, the acid is further added and then heated. In the step (Π), the acid is an acid having a higher acid strength than the compound (I-3). The acid, for example, p-toluenesulfonic acid, sulfuric acid The amount of citric acid used, such as hydrochloric acid, relative to the compound (丨2) 1 Moule, 0.5 to 3 Mo is better 'to 〗 ~ 2 Molar is better. 〇 Heating temperature 'is preferably around 20~150 °c, to 50~120. (: Left and right is better The heating time varies depending on the heating temperature, etc., and is usually preferably -5 Torr to 5 hours, and more preferably ~5 hours. After the reaction, the compound (1_3) in the reaction solution can be used. Isolation and purification may be carried out. Isolation and purification may be carried out by a conventionally known method, and for example, any methods such as concentration, solvent extraction, distillation, crystallization, recrystallization, and chromatography may be used, either alone or in combination. The above combination is used. The dehydration condensation reaction of the compound (I-3) with the compound (I-4), for example, 'the compound 3' and the compound (I-4) can be dissolved in the di-19-200928579 ethyl chloride, benzene, An aprotic organic solvent such as toluene, ethylbenzene, chlorobenzene, acetonitrile or N,N-methylformamide, which is applied by heating. In the above dehydration condensation reaction, the organic solvent, especially the xylene When an aromatic organic solvent such as chlorobenzene is used, the compound (I) is available. The yield, purity, etc. are preferred. The reaction temperature of the dehydration condensation reaction is from 20 ° C to 200 ° C left, preferably 5 (about TC to 150 ° C. The reaction time depends on the compound) and the compound ( I- 4) is preferably 1 to 30 hours, more preferably 3 to 30 hours, more preferably 3 to 30 hours. In the dehydration condensation reaction, the amount of the compound (1_3) is particularly limited. Usually, it is preferably about 0.2 to 3 moles per mole of the compound (I - 4 ), and about 0.5 to 2 moles is preferably about 0.75 to 1.5 moles. The dehydration condensation reaction can be carried out in the presence of an acid catalyst, for example, an organic acid such as P-toluenesulfonic acid, or the like, or an inorganic acid such as sulfuric acid, which can be used alone or in combination. Also. In the dehydration condensation reaction, the amount of the acid catalyst used may be, as long as it is equivalent to the amount of the solvent, and is usually about 0.001 to 5 moles per mole of the catalyst. The dehydration condensation reaction can be carried out using a Dean-Stark apparatus. This can shorten the reaction time. In addition, at the time of dehydration and condensation reaction, it is better to use 1,1'-carbonyl-dimethyl dimethyl to improve the practical use of toluene (1 to 3 is different, and it is not used well.) Catalyst content (I dehydration with the base diim-20- 200928579 hydrazine, N, N, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and other dehydrating agents. In the case of using a dehydrating agent, its use relative to the compound (I - 4) 1 mol, usually about 0.2 to 5 m. It is preferably about 0.5 to 3 m. The structure of the compound obtained by the above method can be used - nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy, 13C- The NMR spectrum method '19F-NMR chart ♦ spectrum method, infrared absorption (IR) pattern method, mass analysis (MS) method, φ elemental analysis method, X-ray crystal diffraction method and other general organic analysis methods are confirmed. B 1 ) The compound (B1) of the present invention is represented by the above formula (bl-1). In the formula (bl-1), X, R2, a, Q1, and Y1 are respectively the above formula (I). X, R2, a, Q1, and Y1 are the same contents. 有机 A + organic cation is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately A cation portion which is conventionally known as an iron salt acid generator is used. Specifically, the following general formula (b, 1), (b, - 2), (b1 - 5) or (b-6) The cation part indicated. [Chemical 8] R1"

〔式中’ R1’’至R3”、R5”及R6”,各自獨立表示芳基或 -21 - 200928579 烷基;R1”至R3”中,任意2個可相互鍵結並與式中之硫原 子共同形成環亦可;R1”至R3”中至少1個爲芳基’ R及 R6’’中至少1個爲芳基〕。 【化9】[wherein 'R1'' to R3", R5" and R6" each independently represent an aryl group or a -21 - 28,928,579 alkyl group; in R1" to R3", any two of them may be bonded to each other and to the sulfur in the formula The atoms may form a ring together; at least one of R1" to R3" is an aryl group, and at least one of R' and R6'' is an aryl group.

(b—6) (b’ 一5) 〔R4Q爲氫原子或烷基,R41爲烷基、乙醯基、竣基 ,或羥烷基,R42〜R46爲各自獨立之烷基、乙醯基、院氧 基、羧基,或羥烷基;〜n5爲各自獨立之〇〜3之整數 、但,ηο+ΐΜ爲5以下,iu爲0〜2之整數〕。 式(b,一 1)中,R1’’至R3”爲各自獨立之芳基或烷基 。R1”至R3”中,任意2個可相互鍵結並與式中之硫原子共 同形成環亦可。 又,R1”至R3”中,至少1個爲芳基。R1’’至R3’’中以2 個以上爲芳基爲佳,又以Rl”至R3”全部爲芳基者爲最佳 〇 R1”至R3”之芳基’並未有特別限制,例如爲碳數6至 20之無取代之芳基,且該無取代之芳基之氫原子的一部 份或全部可被烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基烷基氧基、烷氧基羰 200928579 烷基氧基、鹵素原子、羥基等所取代之取代芳基、—(R4·) -C(=〇)— R5’等。R4i爲碳數1〜5之伸烷基^ R5,爲芳基 。R5'之芳基,例如與前述R1"〜R3"之芳基爲相同之內容 〇 . 無取代之芳基,就可廉價合成等觀點,以使用碳數6 . 〜10之芳基爲佳。具體而言,例如苯基、萘基等。 取代芳基中之烷基,以碳數1〜5之烷基爲佳,又以 φ 甲基、乙基、丙基、η— 丁基、tert — 丁基爲最佳。 取代芳基中之烷氧基,以碳數1〜5之烷氧基爲佳, 又以甲氧基、乙氧基、η—丙氧基、iso 一丙氧基、η — 丁 氧基、tert—丁氧基爲最佳。 取代芳基中之鹵素原子,以氟原子爲佳。 取代芳基中之烷氧烷基氧基,例如,通式:一 Ο — C(R47)(R48) — 〇 一 R49〔式中,、r48爲各自獨立之氫原 子或直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基,R49爲烷基〕所表示之基。 〇 R47、R48中,烷基之碳數較佳爲1〜5,其可爲直鏈 狀、支鏈狀中任一者皆可,以乙基、甲基爲佳,以甲基爲 *" 最佳。 、 R47、,以至少一者爲氫原子爲佳。特別是以一方 爲氫原子,另一方爲氫原子或甲基爲更佳。 R49之烷基,較佳爲碳數1〜15,其可爲直鐘狀、支 鏈狀或環狀中任一者皆可。 R49中之直鏈狀、支鏈狀之烷基,以碳數爲1〜5者爲 爲佳’例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、n_ 丁基、tert — 丁基等 -23- 200928579 ο R49中之環狀之烷基,以碳數4〜15爲佳’以碳數4 〜12爲更佳,以碳數5〜10爲最佳。具體而言’其爲可 被碳數1〜5之烷基、氟原子或氟化烷基所取代’或未被 - 取代亦可之單環鏈烷、二環鏈烷、三環鏈烷、四環鏈烷等 多環鏈烷去除1個以上之氫原子之基等。單環鏈烷’例如 環戊烷、環己烷等。多環鏈烷’例如金剛烷、降冰片烷、 φ 異冰片烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷等。其中又以金剛烷去 除1個以上之氫原子之基爲佳。 取代芳基中之烷氧羰基烷基氧基,例如,通式:- 〇 —R5°— C(=〇)— 0—R51〔式中,R50爲直鏈狀或支鏈狀之 伸烷基,R5 1爲三級烷基〕所表示之基。 R5(>中之直鏈狀、支鏈狀之伸烷基,以碳數爲1〜5者 爲爲佳,例如,伸甲基、伸乙基、三伸甲基、四伸甲基、 U —二甲基伸乙基等。 ® R51中之三級烷基,爲2—甲基一 2—金剛烷基、2 — 乙基一2 —金剛烷基、1-甲基—1—環戊基、丨一乙基—1 ·— —環戊基、1—甲基一1—環己基、1—乙基_1 一環己基、 ' 1_ (1~金剛烷基)—1-甲基乙基、1一(1 一金剛烷基 )—1—甲基丙基、1_ (1_金剛烷基)—1 一甲基丁基、 1 金剛垸基)一 1—甲基戊基;1一(1—環戊基) 1 甲基乙基、1— (1 —環戊基)一1 一甲基丙基、1 — (1—環戊基)-1 一甲基丁基、1— (1 一環戊基)一1一 甲基戊基;1一 (!—環己基)—i 一甲基乙基、(1一 -24- 200928579 環己基)一1—甲基丙基、1— (1 一環己基)—1一甲基丁 基、1— ( 1—環己基)一1—甲基戊基、tert — 丁基、tert 一戊基、tert—己基等。 R1"〜R3”之芳基’以分別表示苯基或萘基爲佳。 . R1"〜R3"之烷基,並未有特別限制,例如碳數1〜1 0 之直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基等。就具有優良解析性等 觀點’以碳數1〜5爲佳。具體而言,例如甲基、乙基、η φ —丙基、異丙基、η — 丁基、異丁基、η 一戊基、環戊基、 己基、環己基、壬基、癸基等,其中,就具有優良解析性 ,或可廉價合成等觀點,以直鏈狀之烷基爲佳,特佳者例 如可列舉甲基及η-丁基等。 R1"〜R3”中,任意2個可相互鍵結並與式中之硫原子 共同形成環之情形,以包含硫原子形成3〜10員環爲佳’ 又以形成5〜7員環爲更佳。 R1”〜R3”中,任意2個相互鍵結並與式中之硫原子共 φ 同形成環之情形,殘餘之1個,以芳基爲佳。前述芳基, 與前述R1"〜R3”之芳基爲相同之內容。 *' 式(b,-l)所表示之陽離子部的具體之例示如’三 、 苯基鏡、(3,5 —二甲基苯基)二苯基锍、(4 一(2 —金 剛烷氧基甲基氧基)_3,5_二甲基苯基)二苯基锍、(4 —(2_金剛烷氧基甲基氧基)苯基)二苯基鏑、(4 一( tert—丁氧羰甲基氧基)苯基)二苯基锍、(4 一( tert -丁氧裁甲基氧基)一 3,5 —二甲基苯基)二苯基鏡、(4 (2 —甲基一 2 —金剛烷基氧代羰基甲基氧基)苯基)二苯 -25- 200928579 基鏑、(4 一(2—甲基一2 —金剛烷基氧代羰基甲基氧基 )一 3,5 -二甲基苯基)二苯基锍、三(4 —甲基苯基)锍 、二甲基(4 一羥基萘基)锍、單苯基二甲基锍、二苯基 單甲基鏑、(4一甲基苯基)二苯基鏑、(4一甲氧基苯基 _ ) —•苯基疏、二(4— tert_ 丁基)苯基鏡、一苯基(1一 (4 —甲氧基)薬基)鏡、__ (1_蔡基)苯基Μ、1—苯 基四氫噻吩鑰、1 一 (4_甲基苯基)四氫噻吩鎗、1一( 0 3,5 -二甲基一4 一羥基苯基)四氫噻吩鑰、1— (4 —甲氧 基萘-1 一基)四氫噻吩鎗、1_ (4 —乙氧基萘—1—基) 四氫噻吩鑰、1— (4-η — 丁氧萘一1 一基)四氫噻吩鑰、 1 一苯基四氫噻喃鑰、1一(4 一羥基苯基)四氫噻喃鑰、1 一 (3,5 —二甲基一 4 —羥基苯基)四氫噻喃鑰、1一(4 — 甲基苯基)四氫噻喃鑰等。 式(b’ 一 2 )中,R5”及R6"爲各自獨立之芳基或烷基 。R5”及R6”中,至少1個表示芳基。又以R5"及R6”二者 Q 爲芳基者爲佳。 R5"及R6"之芳基係與R1”〜R3"之芳基爲相同之內容 » _ Ο - R5"及R6"之烷基係與R1”〜R3"之烷基爲相同之內容 〇 其中,又以R5"及R6"二者同時爲苯基爲最佳。 式(b' - 2 )所表示之陽離子部之具體之例示如,二 苯基碘鎗、雙(4 一 tert-丁基苯基)碘鑰等。 通式(b'_5)及(b— 6)之R4Q〜R46中,烷基以碳 -26- 200928579 數1〜5之烷基爲佳,其中又以直鏈或支鏈狀之烷基爲更 佳,以甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、n_ 丁基,或 tert — 丁基爲最佳。 烷氧基,以碳數1〜5之烷氧基爲佳,其中又以直鏈 . 或支鏈狀之烷氧基爲更佳,以甲氧基、乙氧基爲最佳。 _ 羥烷基,以上述烷基中之一個或複數個氫原子被羥基 所取代之基爲佳,例如羥甲基、羥乙基、羥丙基等。 φ nD,較佳爲0或1。 η 1,較佳爲0〜2。 η2及η3,較佳爲各自獨立之0或1,更佳爲〇。 η4,較佳爲0〜2,更佳爲0或1。 η5,較佳爲0或1,更佳爲0。 116,較佳爲0或1。 本發明中,Α+,以式(b'_ 1 )或(b· - 5 )所表示之 陽離子部爲佳,特別是以下述式(b1 — 1 一 1)〜(b1 — 1 — 〇 n) 、(b'— 5—1)〜(b,一 5-4)所表示之陽離子部爲 佳’以式(b’—1—l)〜(b,— 1— 8)所表示之陽離子部 ** 等三苯基骨架之陽離子部爲更佳。 ' 式(b1— 1_ 8)中’ R7爲碳數1〜5之烷基。該烷基 以直鏈或支鏈狀之烷基爲佳,特別是以甲基或η一 丁基爲 佳。 式(b'— 1—9)中、R7,爲各自獨立之碳數!〜;!〇之烷 基。該烷基例如與前述R1 "〜R3 "之烷基爲相同之內容, 以直鏈或支鏈狀之烷基爲佳,以直鏈狀之烷基爲更佳,特 -27- 200928579 別是以η -丁基爲佳。 式(b'— 1— 10)〜(b1— 1— 11)中,R8、R9 爲各自 獨立之可具有取代基之苯基或萘基、碳數1〜5之烷基、 烷氧基,或羥基。前述苯基或萘基所可具有之取代基,係 與前述R1"〜R3”之芳基中之取代基爲相同之內容。該取 代基特別是以烷基爲佳。 a爲1〜3之整數,以1或2爲最佳。(b-6) (b'-5) [R4Q is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R41 is an alkyl group, an ethyl fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, or a hydroxyalkyl group, and R42 to R46 are each independently an alkyl group or an ethyl group. , oxy, carboxy, or hydroxyalkyl; ~n5 is an integer of 〇3, respectively, but ηο+ΐΜ is 5 or less, and iu is an integer of 0 to 2. In the formula (b, -1), R1'' to R3" are each independently an aryl group or an alkyl group. In R1" to R3", any two of them may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom in the formula. Further, at least one of R1" to R3" is an aryl group. Among R1'' to R3'', two or more of aryl groups are preferred, and all of R1" to R3" are aryl groups. The aryl group of R1" to R3" is not particularly limited, and is, for example, an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and a part or all of a hydrogen atom of the unsubstituted aryl group may be an alkane. a substituted aryl group substituted with a group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group 200928579 alkyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, etc., -(R4.) -C(=〇)-R5' R4i is an alkyl group R5 having a carbon number of 1 to 5, which is an aryl group. The aryl group of R5' is, for example, the same as the above-mentioned aryl group of R1"~R3" 无. Unsubstituted aryl group, From the viewpoint of inexpensive synthesis, etc., it is preferred to use an aryl group having a carbon number of from 6. to 10. Specifically, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or the like. The alkyl group in the substituted aryl group is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Good, again with φ methyl, ethyl The propyl group, η-butyl group and tert-butyl group are preferred. The alkoxy group in the substituted aryl group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a η group. Propoxy, iso-propoxy, η-butoxy, tert-butoxy are preferred. The halogen atom in the substituted aryl group is preferably a fluorine atom. The alkoxyalkyloxy group in the substituted aryl group For example, a formula: a hydrazine - C(R47)(R48) - 〇-R49 (wherein, r48 is an independently hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group, and R49 is an alkyl group) In the case of 〇R47 and R48, the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 5, and it may be any of a linear chain and a branched chain, and an ethyl group or a methyl group is preferred. The base is *" optimal., R47, preferably at least one of hydrogen atoms, especially one of which is a hydrogen atom and the other is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The carbon number is 1 to 15, and it may be any of a straight bell shape, a branched chain, or a ring shape. The linear or branched alkyl group in R49 has a carbon number of 1 to 5 Good 'for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, N_butyl, tert-butyl, etc. -23- 200928579 ο R49 in the cyclic alkyl group, preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 15', preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 12, and having a carbon number of 5 to 10 Specifically, it is a monocyclic alkane, a bicycloalkane or a tricyclic chain which may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group, or may be unsubstituted. A polycyclic alkane such as an alkane or a tetracycloalkane is removed by a group of one or more hydrogen atoms, etc. Monocyclic alkanes such as cyclopentane, cyclohexane, etc. polycyclic alkanes such as adamantane, norbornane, φ isobornane, tricyclodecane, tetracyclododecane, and the like. Among them, it is preferred to remove one or more hydrogen atoms from adamantane. Substituting an alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy group in the aryl group, for example, the formula: - 〇-R5° - C(=〇) - 0-R51 (wherein R50 is a linear or branched alkyl group , R5 1 is a group represented by a tertiary alkyl group. A linear or branched alkyl group in R5 (> preferably has a carbon number of 1 to 5, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methyl group, a tetramethyl group, U-dimethylexylethyl, etc. ® A tertiary alkyl group in R51, which is 2-methyl-2-anomantyl, 2-ethyl-2-oxantyl, 1-methyl-1-cyclo Pentyl, fluorenylethyl-1, cyclopentyl, 1-methyl-1-cyclohexyl, 1-ethyl-1-cyclohexyl, '1_(1~adamantyl)-1-methyl Base, 1-(1-adamantyl)-1-methylpropyl, 1_(1_adamantyl)-1 monomethylbutyl, 1 adamantyl)-1-methylpentyl; 1 (1-cyclopentyl) 1 methylethyl, 1-(1-cyclopentyl)-l-methylpropyl, 1-(1-cyclopentyl)-1-methylbutyl, 1- ( 1 monocyclopentyl)-1-methylpentyl; 1(!-cyclohexyl)-i-methylethyl, (1-24-200928579 cyclohexyl)-1-methylpropyl, 1- ( 1 monocyclohexyl)-1 monomethylbutyl, 1-(1-cyclohexyl)-1-methylpentyl, tert-butyl, tert-pentyl, tert-hexyl, and the like. The aryl group of R1"~R3" is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, respectively. The alkyl group of R1"~R3" is not particularly limited, and is, for example, a linear chain or a branched chain having a carbon number of 1 to 10; The alkyl group or the like having a good analytical property or the like is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 5. Specifically, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a η φ propyl group, an isopropyl group, or a η-butyl group. a base, an isobutyl group, an η-pentyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, etc., wherein, in view of excellent resolution or inexpensive synthesis, a linear alkyl group is used. For example, a methyl group, a η-butyl group, etc. may be mentioned. In R1"~R3", any two may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with a sulfur atom in the formula to form a sulfur atom. ~10 member ring is better 'again to form a 5~7 member ring for better. In the case of R1" to R3", any two of them are bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom of the formula, and the remaining one is preferably an aryl group. The aryl group is the same as the aryl group of the above R1 "~R3". *' The specific example of the cation moiety represented by the formula (b, -l) is as 'three, phenyl mirror, (3, 5 - Dimethylphenyl)diphenylphosphonium, (4-(2-adamantyloxymethyloxy)_3,5-dimethylphenyl)diphenylphosphonium, (4-(2-adamantyloxy) Methyloxy)phenyl)diphenylphosphonium, (4-(tert-butoxycarbonylmethyloxy)phenyl)diphenylphosphonium, (4-(tert-butoxymethyloxy)) a 3,5-dimethylphenyl)diphenyl mirror, (4 (2-methyl-2-ano-adamantyloxycarbonylmethyloxy)phenyl)diphenyl-25- 200928579 4-(2-methyl-2-ano-adamantyloxycarbonylmethyloxy)- 3,5-dimethylphenyl)diphenylphosphonium, tris(4-methylphenyl)anthracene, dimethyl (4-hydroxynaphthyl)anthracene, monophenyldimethylhydrazine, diphenylmonomethylhydrazine, (4-methylphenyl)diphenylphosphonium, (4-methoxyphenyl)- • Phenyl, di(4-tert-butyl)phenyl mirror, monophenyl (1-(4-methoxy)indenyl) Mirror, __ (1_Caiji) phenyl hydrazine, 1-phenyltetrahydrothiophene, 1 (4-methylphenyl) tetrahydrothiophene gun, 1 (0 3,5-dimethyl-4) Monohydroxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiophene, 1-(4-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene gun, 1-(4-ethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene, 1- ( 4-η-butoxynaphthalene-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene, 1-phenyltetrahydrothiolan, 1-(4-hydroxyphenyl)tetrahydrothioate, 1 (3,5-2) Methyl 4-hydroxy-hydroxyphenyl)tetrahydrothioate, 1-(4-methylphenyl)tetrahydrothioate, etc. In the formula (b'-2), R5" and R6" are independent Aryl or alkyl. At least one of R5" and R6" represents an aryl group. It is better to use R5" and R6" for both aryl groups. The R5" and R6" aryl groups are identical to the R1"~R3" aryl groups » _ Ο - R5" and R6" The base is the same as the alkyl group of R1"~R3", wherein R5" and R6" both are preferably phenyl. The specific part of the cation part represented by the formula (b'-2) For example, a diphenyl iodine gun, a bis(4-tert-butylphenyl) iodine, etc.. In the formulae (b'_5) and (b-6), in the R4Q to R46, the alkyl group is a carbon-26- 200928579 Alkyl groups of 1 to 5 are preferred, wherein a linear or branched alkyl group is more preferred, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, or a tert-butyl group is preferred. The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, wherein a linear or branched alkoxy group is more preferred, and a methoxy group and an ethoxy group are preferred. _ hydroxyalkyl group, preferably one of the above alkyl groups or a plurality of hydrogen atoms substituted by a hydroxyl group, such as hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, etc. φ nD, preferably 0 or 1 η 1, preferably 0 to 2. η2 and η3, Preferably, each is independently 0 or 1, more preferably 〇. η4, preferably 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1. η5, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0. 116, preferably 0 or 1. In the present invention, Α+ is preferably a cation moiety represented by the formula (b'_ 1 ) or (b· - 5 ), particularly in the following formula (b1 - 1 - 1) - (b1 - 1 - 〇n), (b'-5-1)~(b, a 5-4) is a good cation part represented by the formula (b'-1 1-1)~(b, -1-8) The cation portion of the triphenyl skeleton such as the cation moiety ** is more preferably. 'In the formula (b1 - 1-8), 'R7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is linear or branched. The alkyl group is preferred, and particularly preferably a methyl group or an η-butyl group. In the formula (b'-1-9), R7 is an independent carbon number!~; For example, it is the same as the alkyl group of the above R1 "~R3 ", preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, and a linear alkyl group is more preferable, especially -27-200928579 Η-butyl is preferred. In the formula (b'-1-10-)~(b1-11-11), R8 and R9 each independently may have a substituent. a phenyl or naphthyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, or a hydroxyl group. The substituent which the above phenyl or naphthyl group may have is a substituent in the aryl group of the above R1 "~R3" For the same content. The substituent is particularly preferably an alkyl group. a is an integer of 1 to 3, and 1 or 2 is optimal.

-28- 200928579-28- 200928579

【化1 0】[化1 0]

化合物(B 1 )之製造方法並未有特別限定,例如,可 使前述化合物(I ),與下述通式(II )所表示之化合物 (II)反應之方式予以製造。 -29- 200928579 【化1 1】 A+ Z~ -(II) 〔式中,A +爲與前述通式(bl— 1)中之a +爲相同 之內容’ 爲低親核性之鹵素離子、酸性度較化合物 爲更低之可形成酸之離子、BF4_、AsF6_、SbF6_、PF6 — 或 cio4-〕。 φ 中之低親核姓之鹵素離子,例如溴離子、氯離子 等。 ζ-中,酸性度較化合物(I)爲低之可形成酸之離子 ,例如Ρ-甲苯磺酸離子、甲烷磺酸離子、苯磺酸離子、 三氟甲烷磺酸離子、丁基硫酸離子等。 化合物(I ) ’與化合物(11 ),例如可將該些化合 物溶解於水、二氯甲烷、乙腈、甲醇、氯仿、二氯甲烷等 之溶劑中,以攪拌等方式進行。 Φ 反應溫度,以0°C〜150°c左右爲佳,以or〜i〇〇r 左右爲更佳。反應時間依化合物(I )及化合物(II )之 ·- 反應性或反應溫度等而有所不同,通常以0 · 5〜1 0小時爲 、 佳,以1〜5小時爲更佳。 上述反應中,化合物(II)之使用量,通常相對於化 合物(I) 1莫耳’以0.5〜2莫耳程度。 依上述方法所得之化合物之結構,可使用iH—核磁 共振(NMR)圖譜法、13C-NMR圖譜法、19F-NMR圖 譜法、紅外線吸收(IR )圖譜法、質量分析(MS )法、 -30- 200928579 元素分析法、χ射線結晶繞射法等一般的有機分析法進行 確認。 化合物(B1),其爲可作爲酸產生劑使用之新穎化合 物,可以酸產生劑形式添加於光阻組成物中。 《酸產生劑》 本發明之酸產生劑,爲由前述第五之態樣之化合物( B 1 )所形成者。 該酸產生劑,可有效作爲化學增幅型光阻組成物用之 酸產生劑,例如後述本發明之光阻組成物之酸產生劑成份 (B )使用。 《光阻組成物》 本發明之光阻組成物,爲含有經由酸之作用而對鹼顯 影液之溶解性發生變化之基材成份(A )(以下,亦稱爲 Q (A)成份),及經由曝光而產生酸之酸產生劑成份(B )(以下,亦稱爲(B)成份),其中,前述(B)成份 &quot; 爲含有由前述通式(bl-l)所表示之化合物所形成之酸 - 產生劑(B1 )。 使用該光阻組成物所形成之光阻膜,於光阻圖型形成 時進行選擇性曝光時,會使得(B )成份產生酸,並經由 該酸使(A)成份對鹼顯影液之溶解性產生變化。其結果 ,將可使該光阻膜之曝光部對鹼顯影液之溶解性產生變化 之同時,未曝光部則對鹼顯影液之溶解性並未產生變化下 -31 - 200928579 ,經由鹼顯影,正型之情形時爲曝光部,於負型之情形時 則未曝光部發生溶解而去除,而形成光阻圖型。 本發明之光阻組成物,可爲負型光阻組成物亦可,或 爲正型光阻組成物亦可。 &lt; (A )成份&gt; (A )成份,通常可將作爲化學增幅型光阻用之基材 ^ 成份使用之有機化合物,以1種單獨,或2種以上混合使 用。 其中,「基材成份」係指具有膜形成能之有機化合物 ,較佳爲使用分子量爲500以上之有機化合物。該有機化 合物之分子量爲5 00以上時,可提高膜形成能,且容易形 成奈米程度之光阻圖型。 前述分子量爲5 00以上之有機化合物,可大致區分爲 分子量爲500以上 '未達2000之低分子量之有機化合物 Φ (以下,亦稱爲低分子化合物),與分子量爲2000以上 之高分子量之樹脂(高分子材料)。前述低分子化合物, *' 通常爲使用於非聚合物。樹脂(聚合物、共聚物)之情形 ' 中’ 「分子量」爲使用GPC (凝膠滲透色層分析法)之聚 苯乙烯換算之質量平均分子量。以下,僅稱爲「樹脂」之 情形中,係指分子量爲2000以上之樹脂之意。 (A )成份,可使用經由酸之作用使鹼溶解性產生變 ft t樹脂,或使用經由酸之作用使鹼溶解性產生變化之低 分子材料。 -32- 200928579 本發明之光阻組成物爲負型光阻組成物時,(A)成 份可使用對鹼顯影液具有可溶性之基材成份,或對該負型 光阻組成物添加交聯劑。 該負型光阻組成物,經由曝光使(B )成份產生酸時 ^ ,經由該酸之作用於基材成份與交聯劑之間產生交聯,而 變化爲鹼顯影液爲難溶性。因此,於光阻圖型之形成中, 對塗佈該負型光阻組成物於基板上所得之光阻膜進行選擇 0 性曝光時,可使曝光部轉變爲對鹼顯影液爲難溶性的同時 ,未曝光部仍爲對鹼顯影液爲可溶性之未變化下,經由鹼 顯影而形成光阻圖型。 負型光阻組成物之(A )成份,通常,爲使用對鹼顯 影液爲可溶性之樹脂(以下,亦稱爲鹼可溶性樹脂)。 鹼可溶性樹脂,以具有由α—(羥烷基)丙烯酸、或 α -(羥烷基)丙烯酸之低級烷基酯所選出之至少一個所 衍生之單位的樹脂,可形成具有較少膨潤之良好光阻圖型 〇 ,而爲較佳。又’ α—(羥烷基)丙烯酸,爲鍵結於羧基 之α位之碳原子鍵結氫原子所得之丙烯酸,與該α位之碳 &quot; 原子鍵結羥烷基(較佳爲碳數1〜5之羥烷基)所鍵結之 、 α —羥烷基丙烯酸之—或二者之意。 交聯劑’例如,通常使用具有羥甲基或烷氧甲基之甘 脲等之胺基系交聯劑時,可形成具有較少膨潤之良好光阻 圖型’而爲較佳。交聯劑之添加量,相對於鹼可溶性樹脂 100質量份,以1〜5〇質量份爲佳。 本發明之光阻組成物爲正型光阻組成物時,(A )成 -33- 200928579 份可使用經由酸之作用而增大對鹼顯影液之溶解性的基材 成份。即,該(A)成份,於曝光前對鹼顯影液爲難溶性 ,經由曝光使前述(B)成份產生酸時,經由該酸之作用 而增大對鹼顯影液之溶解性,因此,於光阻圖型形成時, , 對將該正型光阻組成物塗佈於基板上所得之光阻膜進行選 擇性曝光時,曝光部由對鹼顯影液爲難溶性轉變爲可溶性 的同時,未曝光部則爲鹼難溶性之未變化之狀態,經由鹼 φ 顯影而可形成光阻圖型。 本發明之光阻組成物中,(A )成份以經由酸之作用 而增大對鹼顯影液之溶解性的基材成份爲佳。即,本發明 之光阻組成物以正型光阻組成物爲佳。 該(A)成份,可爲經由酸之作用而增大對鹼顯影液 之溶解性的樹脂成份(A1)(以下,亦稱爲(A1)成份 )爲佳,或經由酸之作用而增大對鹼顯影液之溶解性的低 分子化合物(A2 )(以下,亦稱爲(A2 )成份)亦可, ❹ 或其之之混合物亦可。 *' 〔 ( A1 )成份〕 、 (A1)成份’通常爲使用作爲化學增幅型光阻用之 基材成份之樹脂成份(基礎樹脂),其可單獨1種,或將 2種以上混合使用亦可。 本發明中’ (A1)成份,以含有丙烯酸酯所衍生之 結構單位爲佳。 其中’本說明書與申請專利範圍中,「丙烯酸酯所衍 -34- 200928579 生之結構單位」係指丙烯酸酯之乙烯性雙鍵經開裂所形成 之結構單位之意。 「丙烯酸酯」,係指α位之碳原子除鍵結有氫原子之 丙烯酸酯以外,亦包含位之碳原子鍵結有取代基(氫原 , 子以外之原子或基)之化合物之槪念。取代基,例如低級 院基、鹵化低級院基等。 又,丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位之α位(α位之碳原 0 子),於未有特別限定下,係指鍵結於羰基之碳原子。 丙烯酸酯中,α位取代基之低級烷基,具體而言,例 如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、η—丁基 '異丁基、tert — 丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基等低級之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之 烷基等。 又,鹵化低級烷基,具體而言,以上述「α位取代基 之低級烷基」中之氫原子的一部份或全部被鹵素原子取代 所得之基等。該鹵素原子,例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子 G 、碘原子等,特別是以氟原子爲佳。 本發明中,丙烯酸酯之α位所鍵結者,以氫原子、低 &quot; 級烷基或鹵化低級烷基爲佳,又以氫原子、低級烷基或氟 、 化低級烷基爲更佳,就工業上容易取得等觀點,以氫原子 或甲基爲最佳。 (A 1 )成份,特別是以具有含有酸解離性溶解抑制 基之丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位(al )爲佳。 又,(A1 )成份,除結構單位(al )以外,以再具有 含有含內酯之環式基的丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位(a2) -35- 200928579 爲佳。 (A1 )成份,除結構單位(al )以外,或結構單位( al )及(a2 )以外,以再具有含有含極性基之脂肪族烴基 之丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位(a3 )爲佳。 •結構單位(al ) 結構單位(a 1 )中之酸解離性溶解抑制基,只要爲解 ❹ 離前使(A 1 )成份全體具有鹼不溶性之鹼溶解抑制性的 同時,經由酸之解離後使此(A 1 )成份全體增大對鹼顯 影液之溶解性之基即可,其可使用目前爲止被提案作爲化 學增幅型光阻組成物用基礎樹脂之酸解離性溶解抑制基之 物。一般而言,已知者例如可與(甲基)丙烯酸中之羧基 形成環狀或鏈狀之三級烷基酯之基,或烷氧烷基等縮醛型 酸解離性溶解抑制基等。 其中,「三級烷基酯」,例如羧基之氫原子被鏈狀或 〇 環狀之烷基取代而形成酯,使該羰氧基(一 C(o) — 〇 —) 末端之氧原子,鍵結於前述鏈狀或環狀之烷基之三級碳原 ·- 子所得之結構。前述三級烷基酯中,經由酸之作用時,即 、 可切斷氧原子與三級碳原子之間的鍵結。 又,前述鏈狀或環狀之烷基可具有取代基。 以下,經由羧基與三級烷基酯所構成之具有酸解離性 之基,方便上將其稱爲「三級烷基酯型酸解離性溶解抑制 基」。 三級烷基酯型酸解離性溶解抑制基,例如脂肪族支鏈 -36- 200928579 狀酸解離性溶解抑制基、含有脂肪族環式基之酸解離性溶 解抑制基等。 「脂肪族支鏈狀」係指不具有芳香族性之支鏈狀結構 之意。「脂肪族支鏈狀酸解離性溶解抑制基」之結構,並 , 未限定爲由碳與氫所形成之基(烴基),但以烴基爲佳。 又,「烴基」可爲飽和或不飽和者皆可,一般以飽和爲佳 〇 0 脂肪族支鏈狀酸解離性溶解抑制基以碳數4至8之三 級烷基爲佳,具體而言,例如tert — 丁基、tert —戊基、 tert -庚基等。 「脂肪族環式基」係指不具有芳香族性之單環式基或 多環式基。 結構單位(al)中之「脂肪族環式基」,其可具有取 代基或未取有取代基皆可。取代基例如碳數1至5之低級 烷基、氟原子、被氟原子取代之碳數1至5之氟化低級烷 〇 基、氧原子(=〇)等。 「脂肪族環式基」中去除取代基之基本的環結構,並 *&quot; 未限定由碳與氫所構成之基(烴基),但以烴基爲佳。又 ' ’ 「烴基」可爲飽和或不飽和者皆可,一般又以飽和爲佳 。「脂肪族環式基」以多環式基爲較佳。 脂肪族環式基之具體例’例如可被低級烷基、氟原子 或氟化烷基所取代者’或未取代亦可之由單環鏈院、二環 鏈烷、三環鏈烷、四環鏈烷等多環鏈烷中去除1個以上氫 原子所得之基等。更具體而言,例如由環戊烷、環己烷等 -37- 200928579 單環鏈烷或,金剛烷、降冰片烷、異菠烷、三環癸烷、四 環十二烷等多環鏈烷中去除1個以上氫原子所得之基等。 含有脂肪族環式基之酸解離性溶解抑制基,例如於環 狀之烷基的環骨架上具有三級碳原子之基等,具體而言, 例如2 —甲基一 2-金剛烷基,或2 —乙基—2 —金剛烷基 等。或例如下述通式(al”-l)〜(al”— 6)所示結構單 位中’鍵結於羰氧基(-C(O)-O—)之氧原子之基般, 具有金剛烷基、環己基、環戊基、降冰片烷基、三環癸烷 基、四環十二烷基等之脂肪族環式基,及與其鍵結之具有 三級碳原子之支鏈狀伸烷基之基等。 【化1 2】The method for producing the compound (B1) is not particularly limited. For example, the compound (I) can be produced by reacting with the compound (II) represented by the following formula (II). -29- 200928579 [Chemical 1 1] A+ Z~ - (II) [wherein A + is the same as a + in the above formula (bl-1)" is a low nucleophilic halogen ion, The acidity is lower than that of the compound to form an acid ion, BF4_, AsF6_, SbF6_, PF6- or cio4-]. A halogen ion of a low nucleophilic name in φ, such as a bromide ion, a chloride ion, or the like. In ζ-, acidity is lower than the compound (I) to form an acid ion, such as yttrium-toluenesulfonate ion, methanesulfonate ion, benzenesulfonate ion, trifluoromethanesulfonate ion, butyl sulfate ion, etc. . The compound (I)' and the compound (11) can be, for example, dissolved in a solvent such as water, dichloromethane, acetonitrile, methanol, chloroform or dichloromethane, followed by stirring or the like. Φ The reaction temperature is preferably from about 0 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably from about or about i 〇〇 r. The reaction time varies depending on the reactivity of the compound (I) and the compound (II), the reaction temperature, etc., and is usually preferably from 0.5 to 10 hours, more preferably from 1 to 5 hours. In the above reaction, the compound (II) is usually used in an amount of from 0.5 to 2 mol per mol of the compound (I). The structure of the compound obtained by the above method can be iH-nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrometry, 13C-NMR spectrometry, 19F-NMR spectrometry, infrared absorption (IR) spectrometry, mass spectrometry (MS) method, -30 - 200928579 Confirmation by general organic analysis methods such as elemental analysis and X-ray crystal diffraction. The compound (B1), which is a novel compound which can be used as an acid generator, can be added to the photoresist composition in the form of an acid generator. <<Acid Generator>> The acid generator of the present invention is formed of the compound (B 1 ) of the fifth aspect described above. The acid generator can be effectively used as an acid generator for a chemically amplified photoresist composition, for example, an acid generator component (B) of the photoresist composition of the present invention to be described later. <<Photoresist composition>> The photoresist composition of the present invention is a substrate component (A) (hereinafter also referred to as Q (A) component) containing a change in solubility in an alkali developer via an action of an acid. And an acid generator component (B) (hereinafter, also referred to as (B) component) which generates an acid by exposure, wherein the component (B) is a compound represented by the above formula (bl-1) The acid-generating agent (B1) formed. When the photoresist film formed by the photoresist composition is selectively exposed during the formation of the photoresist pattern, the (B) component is caused to generate an acid, and the (A) component is dissolved in the alkali developing solution via the acid. Sex changes. As a result, the solubility of the exposed portion of the photoresist film to the alkali developing solution can be changed, and the solubility of the unexposed portion to the alkali developing solution does not change -31 - 200928579, via alkali development. In the case of a positive type, it is an exposure part, and in the case of a negative type, the unexposed part is dissolved and removed, and a photoresist pattern is formed. The photoresist composition of the present invention may be a negative photoresist composition or a positive photoresist composition. &lt;(A) Component&gt; (A) The organic compound to be used as a base material for a chemically amplified photoresist can be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. Here, the "substrate component" means an organic compound having a film forming ability, and an organic compound having a molecular weight of 500 or more is preferably used. When the molecular weight of the organic compound is 500 or more, the film formation energy can be improved, and a photoresist pattern of a nanometer degree can be easily formed. The organic compound having a molecular weight of 500 or more can be roughly classified into a low molecular weight organic compound Φ (hereinafter, also referred to as a low molecular compound) having a molecular weight of 500 or more, and a high molecular weight resin having a molecular weight of 2,000 or more. (Polymer Materials). The aforementioned low molecular compound, *' is usually used for non-polymer. In the case of a resin (polymer, copolymer), 'medium' and "molecular weight" are mass average molecular weights in terms of polystyrene in terms of GPC (gel permeation chromatography). Hereinafter, the term "resin" alone means a resin having a molecular weight of 2,000 or more. As the component (A), it is possible to use a resin which causes an alkali solubility to be changed into a ft t resin, or a low molecular material which changes the solubility of an alkali by an action of an acid. -32- 200928579 When the photoresist composition of the present invention is a negative photoresist composition, the component (A) may be a substrate component which is soluble in an alkali developer or a crosslinking agent is added to the negative photoresist composition. . When the negative resist composition is caused to cause an acid to be generated in the component (B) by exposure, cross-linking occurs between the substrate component and the crosslinking agent by the action of the acid, and the alkali developing solution is insoluble. Therefore, in the formation of the photoresist pattern, when the photoresist film obtained by applying the negative photoresist composition on the substrate is subjected to selective exposure, the exposed portion can be converted to be insoluble to the alkali developer. The unexposed portion was formed into a photoresist pattern by alkali development without being changed to be soluble in the alkali developing solution. The component (A) of the negative resist composition is usually a resin which is soluble in an alkali developing solution (hereinafter also referred to as an alkali-soluble resin). The alkali-soluble resin, which is a resin having a unit derived from at least one selected from the group consisting of α-(hydroxyalkyl)acrylic acid or a lower alkyl ester of α-(hydroxyalkyl)acrylic acid, can form a good swelling with less swelling. The photoresist pattern is 〇, which is preferred. Further, α-(hydroxyalkyl)acrylic acid is an acrylic acid obtained by bonding a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom in the alpha position of a carboxyl group, and a carbon-bonded hydroxyalkyl group (preferably a carbon number) A hydroxyalkyl group of 1 to 5 is bonded to the α-hydroxyalkylacrylic acid or both. When the crosslinking agent' is usually an amine-based crosslinking agent such as a hydroxymethyl group or an alkoxymethyl group, it is preferred to form a good photoresist pattern having less swelling. The amount of the crosslinking agent to be added is preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin. When the photoresist composition of the present invention is a positive resist composition, (A) can be used in the range of -33 to 200928579, and a substrate component which increases the solubility to the alkali developer by the action of an acid can be used. In other words, the component (A) is poorly soluble in the alkali developer before exposure, and when the component (B) is acidified by exposure, the solubility in the alkali developer is increased by the action of the acid. When the resist pattern is formed, when the resist film obtained by applying the positive resist composition on the substrate is selectively exposed, the exposed portion is converted from soluble to soluble in the alkali developing solution, and the unexposed portion is simultaneously exposed. In the state where the alkali is poorly soluble, the photoresist pattern can be formed by alkali φ development. In the photoresist composition of the present invention, the component (A) is preferably a component of the substrate which increases the solubility in the alkali developer via the action of an acid. That is, the photoresist composition of the present invention is preferably a positive photoresist composition. The component (A) may be a resin component (A1) (hereinafter, also referred to as (A1) component) which increases solubility in an alkali developer via an action of an acid, or may be increased by an action of an acid. The low molecular compound (A2) (hereinafter also referred to as (A2) component) which is soluble in the alkali developer may be used, or a mixture thereof. *' [(A1) component], (A1) component is usually a resin component (base resin) which is used as a substrate component for chemically amplified photoresist, and may be used alone or in combination of two or more. can. In the present invention, the component (A1) is preferably a structural unit derived from an acrylate. In the specification and the scope of the patent application, "the structural unit of acrylate derived from -34-200928579" means the structural unit formed by the cracking of the ethylenic double bond of the acrylate. "Acrylate" means a compound in which the carbon atom at the alpha position is a compound having a hydrogen atom bonded to a hydrogen atom, and a compound having a carbon atom bonded to a substituent (hydrogen, an atom other than a subunit or a group) . Substituents, such as low-grade yards, halogenated lower-grade yards, etc. Further, the α-position (carbon atom of the α-position) of the structural unit derived from the acrylate means a carbon atom bonded to the carbonyl group unless otherwise specified. In the acrylate, the lower alkyl group of the substituent at the α-position, specifically, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, η-butyl 'isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isoprene A lower linear or branched alkyl group such as a benzyl group or a neopentyl group. Further, the halogenated lower alkyl group is specifically a group obtained by substituting a part or all of a hydrogen atom in the above-mentioned "lower alkyl group of the α-substituted group" with a halogen atom. The halogen atom, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom G, an iodine atom or the like, is preferably a fluorine atom. In the present invention, the α-position of the acrylate is bonded, preferably a hydrogen atom, a low alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a fluorine or a lower alkyl group. It is preferable to use a hydrogen atom or a methyl group from the viewpoint of easy industrial availability. The component (A 1 ) is particularly preferably a structural unit (al ) derived from an acrylate having an acid-dissociable dissolution inhibiting group. Further, the component (A1) is preferably a structural unit (a2) -35-200928579 derived from an acrylate having a cyclic group containing a lactone, in addition to the structural unit (al). The component (A1) is preferably a structural unit (a3) derived from an acrylate having a polar group-containing aliphatic hydrocarbon group, in addition to the structural unit (al) or structural units (al) and (a2). • Structural unit (al) The acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group in the structural unit (a 1 ) is an alkali-insoluble alkali-inhibiting inhibitory property of the entire (A 1 ) component before the dissociation, and after dissociation by acid It is sufficient to increase the solubility of the entire component (A1) to the alkali developer, and it is possible to use an acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group which has been proposed as a base resin for a chemically amplified photoresist composition. In general, for example, a carboxyl group in (meth)acrylic acid may form a cyclic or chain tertiary alkyl ester group, or an acetal acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group such as an alkoxyalkyl group. Wherein the "trialkyl ester", for example, the hydrogen atom of the carboxyl group is substituted with a chain or a fluorene-substituted alkyl group to form an ester such that the carbonyloxy group (a C(o) - 〇-) is an oxygen atom at the end. A structure obtained by bonding to a tertiary carbon atom of the aforementioned chain or cyclic alkyl group. In the above tertiary alkyl ester, the bond between the oxygen atom and the tertiary carbon atom can be interrupted by the action of an acid. Further, the aforementioned chain or cyclic alkyl group may have a substituent. Hereinafter, the acid dissociable group composed of a carboxyl group and a tertiary alkyl ester is conveniently referred to as a "triester alkyl ester type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group". The tertiary alkyl ester type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group is, for example, an aliphatic branched chain-36-200928579 acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group, an acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group containing an aliphatic cyclic group, and the like. "Aliphatic branched" means a branched structure having no aromaticity. The structure of the "aliphatic branched acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group" is not limited to a group (hydrocarbon group) formed of carbon and hydrogen, but a hydrocarbon group is preferred. Further, the "hydrocarbon group" may be either saturated or unsaturated, and it is generally preferred that the saturated fatty acid is preferably a fatty acid. The aliphatic branched dissociative dissolution inhibiting group is preferably a C 4 to 8 tertiary alkyl group, specifically For example, tert-butyl, tert-pentyl, tert-heptyl, and the like. The "aliphatic cyclic group" means a monocyclic or polycyclic group having no aromaticity. The "aliphatic cyclic group" in the structural unit (al) may have a substituent or may not have a substituent. The substituent is, for example, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom, a fluorinated lower alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms substituted by a fluorine atom, an oxygen atom (= fluorene) or the like. The "aliphatic cyclic group" removes the basic ring structure of the substituent, and *&quot; does not define a group (hydrocarbon group) composed of carbon and hydrogen, but a hydrocarbon group is preferred. Also, 'hydrocarbon group' can be either saturated or unsaturated, and it is generally preferred to saturate. The "aliphatic cyclic group" is preferably a polycyclic group. Specific examples of the aliphatic cyclic group 'for example, may be substituted by a lower alkyl group, a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group' or may be substituted by a monocyclic chain, a dicycloalkane, a tricycloalkane, or a tetra A group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from a polycyclic alkane such as a cycloalkane. More specifically, for example, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, etc. -37-200928579 monocyclic alkane or a polycyclic chain such as adamantane, norbornane, isopentane, tricyclodecane or tetracyclododecane A group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from an alkane. An acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group containing an aliphatic cyclic group, for example, a group having a tertiary carbon atom on a ring skeleton of a cyclic alkyl group, and the like, specifically, for example, 2-methyl-2-antaphtyl group, Or 2-ethyl-2-alantayl and the like. Or, for example, in the structural unit represented by the following general formula (al"-l) to (al"-6), it has a base of an oxygen atom bonded to a carbonyloxy group (-C(O)-O-), and has a diamond An aliphatic cyclic group such as an alkyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group, or the like, and a branched chain having a tertiary carbon atom bonded thereto Alkyl group and the like. [1 2]

(a 1&quot; -1) (a V* -2) (a 1&quot; -3) (a1*-4) (a 1&quot; -5) (a 1 &quot; -6) 〔式中’ R爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基之意 ;R15、R16爲烷基(可爲直鏈狀、支鏈狀皆可,較佳爲碳 數1至5 )〕。 通式(al”-l)〜(al” 一 6)中’ R之低級烷基或鹵 化低級烷基,例如與上述可鍵結於丙烯酸酯之α位之低級 烷基或鹵化低級烷基爲相同之內容。 「縮醛型酸解離性溶解抑制基」一般爲鍵結於取代羧 -38- 200928579 基、徑基等之驗可溶性基末端之氨原子的氧原子上。因此 ’經由曝光產生酸時,經由該酸之作用,而切斷縮醛型酸 解離性溶解抑制基與該縮醛型酸解離性溶解抑制基所鍵結 之氧原子之間的鍵結。 縮醛型酸解離性溶解抑制基,例如,下述通式(Ρ 1 ) 所示之基等。 【化1 3】 ❹ C— (p1) 〔式中、R1’,R2’各自獨立表示氫原子或低級烷基,n 爲〇至3之整數,Υ爲低級烷基或脂肪族環式基〕。 上述式中,η以0至2之整數爲佳,以〇或1爲更佳 ,以〇爲最佳。 〇 R1’、R2’之低級烷基,例如與上述R之低級烷基爲相 问之內谷’又以甲基或乙基爲佳,以甲基爲最佳。 本發明中’以R1’、R2’中至少1個爲氫原子爲佳。即 ’酸解離性溶解抑制基(ρ 1 )以下述通式(ρ 1 — 1 )所示 之基爲佳。 【化1 4】 (pi —1) 爲一o-^ch2^-y 〔式中' R1 、η、Y係與上述內容爲相同之內容 -39- 200928579 Y之低級烷基,例如與上述R之低級烷基爲相同之內 容。 Y之脂肪族環式基,例如可由以往於ArF光阻等之中 ,被多次提案之單環或多環式脂肪族環式基之中適當地選 擇使用,例如與上述「脂肪族環式基」爲相同之內容。 又,縮醛型酸解離性溶解抑制基,例如下述通式(P2 )所示之基等。(a 1&quot; -1) (a V* -2) (a 1&quot; -3) (a1*-4) (a 1&quot; -5) (a 1 &quot; -6) [wherein R is a hydrogen atom And a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group; R15 and R16 are an alkyl group (may be linear or branched, preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 5). a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group of the formula (al"-l) to (al"-6), for example, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group which may be bonded to the α-position of the acrylate as described above. The same content. The "acetal type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group" is generally bonded to an oxygen atom of an ammonia atom which is substituted at the end of the soluble group, such as a carboxyl group, a carboxyl group, or the like. Therefore, when an acid is generated by exposure, the bond between the acetal-type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group and the oxygen atom to which the acetal-type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group is bonded is cut by the action of the acid. The acetal type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group is, for example, a group represented by the following formula (Ρ 1 ). [Chemical Formula 1] ❹ C—(p1) [wherein, R1', R2' each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group, n is an integer of 〇 to 3, and Υ is a lower alkyl group or an aliphatic cyclic group] . In the above formula, η is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 〇 or 1 and most preferably 〇. The lower alkyl group of 〇 R1' and R2', for example, the inner valency of the lower alkyl group of the above R is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and the methyl group is most preferred. In the present invention, it is preferred that at least one of R1' and R2' is a hydrogen atom. Namely, the acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group (ρ 1 ) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (ρ 1 - 1 ). (1) (pi-1) is an o-^ch2^-y [wherein R1, η, Y are the same as the above-mentioned contents - 39-200928579 Y lower alkyl, for example, with the above R The lower alkyl group is the same content. The aliphatic ring group of Y may be appropriately selected from among the monocyclic or polycyclic aliphatic ring groups which have been proposed many times in the conventional ArF photoresist, for example, and the above-mentioned "aliphatic ring type". The base is the same content. Further, the acetal type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group is, for example, a group represented by the following formula (P2).

【化1 5】 R17 ——C——Ο—-R19[Chemical 1 5] R17 ——C——Ο—R19

L R18 …(p2) 〔式中、R17、R18各自獨立表示直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷 基或氫原子,R19爲直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基,或 R17與R19各自獨立表示直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烷基,Rn之 末端與R19之末端鍵結形成環亦可〕。 R17、R18中,烷基之碳數較佳爲1至15,其可爲直 鏈狀或支鏈狀皆可,又以乙基、甲基爲佳,以甲基爲最佳 特別是以r17、r18中之任一者爲氫原子,另一者爲 甲基爲最佳。 R19爲直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基時,碳數較佳爲 1至15,其可爲直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀中任一者皆可。 R19爲直鏈狀或支鏈狀時,碳數以1至5爲佳,又以 乙基、甲基爲更佳,以乙基爲最佳。 -40- 200928579 R爲環狀時,以碳數4至15爲佳,以碳數4至12 爲更佳’以碳數5至10爲最佳。具體而言,其可被氟原 子或氟化烷基取代,或未被取代皆可之單環鏈烷、二環鏈 院、三環鏈院' 四環鏈烷等多環鏈烷中去除1個以上氫原 - 子之基等。具體而言’例如環戊烷、環己烷等單環鏈烷, 或金剛烷、降冰片烷、異菠烷,三環癸烷、四環十二烷等 多環鏈烷中去除1個以上氫原子之基等。其中又以金剛烷 0 去除1個以上氫原子所得之基爲佳。 又’上述式中,R17與R18各自獨立表示直鏈狀或支 鏈狀之伸烷基(較佳爲碳數1至5之伸烷基),且R19之 末端可與R17之末端鍵結亦可。 此時’ R17與R19’與鍵結於rI9之氧原子,與該氧原 子與鍵結於R17之碳原子形成環式基。該環式基,以4至 7員環爲佳’以4至6員環爲更佳。該環式基之具體例, 例如四氫吡喃基、四氫呋喃基等。 〇 結構單位(al),以使用由下述通式(al-0—l)所 示結構單位,與下述通式(a 1 — 0 — 2 )所示結構單位所成 *' 群中所選出之1種以上爲佳。 【化1 6】L R18 (p2) wherein R17 and R18 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R19 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, or R17 and R19. Each of them independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group, and the end of Rn is bonded to the end of R19 to form a ring. In R17 and R18, the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 15, which may be linear or branched, preferably ethyl or methyl, and most preferably methyl. Any one of r18 is a hydrogen atom, and the other is preferably a methyl group. When R19 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably from 1 to 15, and it may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain or a cyclic chain. When R19 is linear or branched, the carbon number is preferably from 1 to 5, more preferably ethyl or methyl, and most preferably ethyl. -40- 200928579 When R is a ring, it is preferably 4 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and the carbon number is preferably 5 to 10. Specifically, it may be substituted by a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group, or may be substituted by a polycyclic alkane such as a monocyclic alkane, a bicyclic chain, or a tricyclic chain, a tetracyclic alkane. More than one hydrogenogen-subunit and the like. Specifically, 'for example, a monocyclic alkane such as cyclopentane or cyclohexane, or one or more polycyclic alkane such as adamantane, norbornane, isopentane, tricyclodecane or tetracyclododecane is removed. The base of a hydrogen atom, etc. Among them, the base obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from adamantane 0 is preferred. Further, in the above formula, R17 and R18 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably a C 1 to 5 alkyl group), and the end of R19 may be bonded to the end of R17. can. At this time, 'R17 and R19' are bonded to the oxygen atom of rI9, and the oxygen atom forms a cyclic group with the carbon atom bonded to R17. The ring base is preferably a 4 to 7 member ring', preferably a 4 to 6 member ring. Specific examples of the cyclic group include, for example, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group and the like. The 〇 structural unit (al) is formed by a structural unit represented by the following general formula (al-0-1) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (a 1 - 0 - 2) One or more selected ones are preferred. 【化1 6】

(a1 —0—1) 〔式中,R爲氫原子、鹵素原子、低級烷基或鹵化低 200928579 級烷基;X1爲酸解離性溶解抑制基〕。 【化1 7】(a1 - 0-1) wherein R is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group of 200928579; and X1 is an acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group. [化1 7]

〔式中,R爲氫原子、鹵素原子、低級烷基或鹵化低 級烷基;X2爲酸解離性溶解抑制基;Y2爲伸烷基或脂肪 族環式基〕。 通式(al— 0- 1)中,R之低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基 ,係與上述可鍵結於丙烯酸酯之α位之低級烷基 '鹵化低 級烷基爲相同之內容。 X1,只要爲酸解離性溶解抑制基時則未有特別限定, 例如可爲三級烷基酯型酸解離性溶解抑制基、縮醛型酸解 離性溶解抑制基等’又以三級烷基酯型酸解離性溶解抑制 基爲佳。 通式(al— 0— 2)中,R具有與上述相同之內容。 X2則與式(al-0-l)中之X1爲相同之內容。 Y2較佳爲碳數1至10之伸烷基或2價之脂肪族環式 基。該脂肪族環式基時,除使用去除2個以上氫原子之基 以外,例如可使用與前述「脂肪族環式基」之說明爲相同 之內容。 -42- 200928579 γ2爲碳數1〜10之伸烷基時,以碳數1〜6爲更佳, 以碳數1〜4爲特佳’以碳數1〜3爲最佳。 Υ2爲2價之脂肪族環式基時’以由環戊烷、環己烷 、降冰片烷、異冰片烷、金剛烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷 去除二個以上氫原子所得之基爲特佳。 結構單位(al)中,更具體而言’例如下述通式(al 一 1)至(al - 4)所示之結構單位。Wherein R is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group; X2 is an acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group; and Y2 is an alkylene group or an aliphatic cyclic group. In the formula (al-0-1), the lower alkyl group of R or the halogenated lower alkyl group is the same as the above-mentioned lower alkyl group halogenated lower alkyl group which may be bonded to the α position of the acrylate. X1 is not particularly limited as long as it is an acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group, and may be, for example, a tertiary alkyl ester type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group or an acetal type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group. The ester type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group is preferred. In the general formula (al-0-2), R has the same content as described above. X2 is the same as X1 in the formula (al-0-l). Y2 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a divalent aliphatic cyclic group. In the case of the aliphatic cyclic group, the same as the above description of the "aliphatic cyclic group" can be used, except for the use of a group in which two or more hydrogen atoms are removed. -42- 200928579 When γ2 is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, it is more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 6 and a carbon number of 1 to 4, and a carbon number of 1 to 3 is most preferable. When Υ2 is a divalent aliphatic cyclic group, 'removing two or more hydrogen atoms from cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, isobornane, adamantane, tricyclodecane or tetracyclododecane The basis is especially good. In the structural unit (al), more specifically, the structural unit represented by the following general formulas (al-1) to (al-4).

【化1 8】[化1 8]

❹ 〔上述式中,X’爲三級烷基酯型酸解離性溶解抑制基 ;Y爲碳數1至5之低級烷基’或脂肪族環式基;η爲0 至3之整數;Υ2爲伸烷基或脂肪族環式基;R具有與上述 相同之內容;r1’、r2’各自獨立表示氫原子或碳數1至5 之低級烷基〕。 式中,X'係與前述X1中所例示之環狀之三級烷基酯 型酸解離性溶解抑制基爲相同之內容。 -43- 200928579〔 [In the above formula, X' is a tertiary alkyl ester type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group; Y is a lower alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 5 or an aliphatic cyclic group; η is an integer of 0 to 3; Υ 2 It is an alkyl group or an aliphatic cyclic group; R has the same contents as described above; r1' and r2' each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms]. In the formula, X' is the same as the cyclic tertiary alkyl ester type acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group exemplified in the above X1. -43- 200928579

Rlf、R2'、η、Y係分別與上述之「縮醛型 解抑制基」之說明中所列舉之通式(Ρ 1 )中之 η、Υ爲相同之內容。 Υ2,例如與上述通式(al — 〇_2)中之1 , 內容。 以下爲上述通式(al-Ι)至(al— 4)所 位之具體例, ❹ 酸解離性溶 R1’、R2'、 u爲相同之 示之結構單Rf, R2', η, and Y are the same as η and Υ in the general formula (Ρ 1 ) described in the description of the above "acetal type inhibition group". Υ2, for example, with 1 in the above formula (al - 〇_2), the content. The following are specific examples of the above-mentioned general formulas (al-Ι) to (al-4), and the hydrazine-dissociated soluble R1', R2', and u are the same structural singles.

-44 - 200928579 【化1 9】-44 - 200928579 【化1 9】

CH: CH2—C ’ 0=\ c2h5 (a1-1-3)CH: CH2—C ’ 0=\ c2h5 (a1-1-3)

(a1 -1 一5) ^C^-c 、〇4(a1 -1 - 5) ^C^-c , 〇 4

(a1-1-9)(a1-1-9)

(al-1-10) (al-1—8) ch3 •CH:_C—V- ch3 ❹(al-1-10) (al-1—8) ch3 •CH:_C—V- ch3 ❹

CH2—CH^~ —^-CH2—C-^— 0==^ ch3 °=\ (°tX)— (al-1-12) ch3 。伽 (a1—1 -13) :CH2—CH 今CH2—CH^~ —^-CH2—C—^— 0==^ ch3 °=\ (°tX)—(al-1-12) ch3 . Gam (a1—1 -13) :CH2—CH today

CHg_C-^-°=\ C2H5 。输 (a1—1-15)CHg_C-^-°=\ C2H5. Loss (a1 - 1-15)

-45- 200928579 【化2 0】-45- 200928579 【化2 0】

(a1-1-17) (a1-1-18) &lt;?η3 ?η3 lch2—ch}- 〇=^ 9h3 。加 。加 (a1-1-20) Ο -CH2—CH^h ch3 -ch2—c-V〇=^ ?2h5(a1-1-17) (a1-1-18) &lt;?η3 ?η3 lch2—ch}- 〇=^ 9h3 . Plus. Add (a1-1-20) Ο -CH2—CH^h ch3 -ch2—c-V〇=^ ?2h5

•CH2—CHH ch3 0=4 ch3 0=V CzH5 °=A c2h5^ tD 切 (a1-1-21) CH3 I \ -CH2—c~ 〇4;o CH3I ch3 (al-1-25)•CH2—CHH ch3 0=4 ch3 0=V CzH5 °=A c2h5^ tD Cut (a1-1-21) CH3 I \ -CH2—c~ 〇4;o CH3I ch3 (al-1-25)

(a1-1~22) (a1 -1 -23〉 (CH2—CH^— —^CH2—CH^- —\ 〇=( ch3/ch3 0==1^jh3(a1-1~22) (a1 -1 -23> (CH2—CH^—^CH2—CH^- —\ 〇=( ch3/ch3 0==1^jh3

ch3 Ca1—1~26) u (a1-1-27) (a1-1-24) •ch2—ch|- °=l 9H3/CH3 〇Ch3 Ca1—1~26) u (a1-1-27) (a1-1-24) •ch2—ch|- °=l 9H3/CH3 〇

❹ -0 CH3 H2—C-^-o CH.3 (al-1-28) ch3❹ -0 CH3 H2—C-^-o CH.3 (al-1-28) ch3

(a1-1-29) -fcHa-i-f 十”叶十 H2-十+ ch3 0==^ 〒2比 ο— ?2η5°b °b 6 (a1-1*30) (a1+31) (a1-1-32) -46 200928579 【化2 1 •f 〒h3 ch3 CH2-〒手十CH2-〒十 0=\ J~, 〇=\ ❹(a1-1-29) -fcHa-if ten"leaf ten H2-ten + ch3 0==^ 〒2 ratio ο— ?2η5°b °b 6 (a1-1*30) (a1+31) (a1 -1-32) -46 200928579 【化2 1 •f 〒h3 ch3 CH2-〒手十CH2-〒十0=\ J~, 〇=\ ❹

(a1-1-37) CH3 ch3 令2-|+ °=\ ch3 ch3 -ch2—c4-〇=\ c2h5 3 °b °6 (a1-1~34) (a1-1-35) (a1-1-36)(a1-1-37) CH3 ch3 Let 2-|+ °=\ ch3 ch3 -ch2—c4-〇=\ c2h5 3 °b °6 (a1-1~34) (a1-1-35) (a1- 1-36)

(a1-1-38) ch3(a1-1-38) ch3

h3ct (aiH-39) ?H3 CH2—CH^- -^CH2—C-^-' o :CH2—CH+ 0==l ?H3°b (a1-1 - 40)H3ct (aiH-39) ?H3 CH2—CH^- -^CH2—C-^-' o :CH2—CH+ 0==l ?H3°b (a1-1 - 40)

CH2—CH 0=i o CH3CH2—CH 0=i o CH3

'CH3 h3CT ch3 、ch3 h3c- (a1-1-42) (a1-1-43) (a1-1-44) CH3 H3C C2H5 xh3 C2H5 (a 卜 1 一45) ❿ 【化2 2】'CH3 h3CT ch3 , ch3 h3c- (a1-1-42) (a1-1-43) (a1-1-44) CH3 H3C C2H5 xh3 C2H5 (a Bu 1 - 45) ❿ [Chemical 2 2]

—^CH2—ch^ —^ch2—ch)· 〇=l o 〇—^CH2—ch^ —^ch2—ch)· 〇=l o 〇

(a 1-2—4)(a 1-2—4)

〇4 〇、〇4 〇,

(a 1 -2—6) 47- 200928579 【化2 3】 ch3 -{ch2—f 〇=\ (a 1-2-7) 。⑽ (ch2—ch)-〇4 〇^〆 (a1-2-8) ch3 —(ch2-c-^ 〇-(a1-2-9) -(ch2^h)- (a1—2—10) —fcH2-® 〇 t。 -fCH2-CHW。4卜 (al-2—11) ❹ ch3 —{ch2-c-)- 、〇、 (al-2-13) 〇 -{ch2-ch)- 〇-^ (a1-2-16) —(ch2-c|-(al-2-19)(a 1 -2-6) 47- 200928579 [Chemical 2 3] ch3 -{ch2-f 〇=\ (a 1-2-7). (10) (ch2—ch)-〇4 〇^〆(a1-2-8) ch3 —(ch2-c-^ 〇-(a1-2-9) -(ch2^h)- (a1—2—10) —fcH2-® 〇t. -fCH2-CHW. 4 (al-2—11) ❹ ch3 —{ch2-c-)- , 〇, (al-2-13) 〇-{ch2-ch)- 〇 -^ (a1-2-16) —(ch2-c|-(al-2-19)

,〇 o -fcH2^H)» 〇一 (a1—2-14) cf3 -(cH2-c-y- 〇、 ,〇,〇 o -fcH2^H)» 〇一 (a1—2-14) cf3 -(cH2-c-y- 〇, ,〇

CH2-Cj— 飞、 (a1 -2 -15) ?F3 -(CH2-C·)-CH2-Cj—fly, (a1 -2 -15) ?F3 -(CH2-C·)-

p (a1-2-17) -(ch2^-)- 〇' — (a1-2-18) 〇= b- (a1 - 2-20) 200928579 【化2 4】 ch3十—f- 0、 ο (al-2-21) ——CH) 〇4 — ch3 〇, (a1 - 2-22) ;Ό CH2-c4- 〇^. (al-2-23) -(•CH2-CH)°4 0- ❹ (a1-2~24) ch3〇、 (a1-2-25) X) -fCH2—CH) '4) 〇—^· (a1-2-26) Γ3 —^ch2-c-J— cf3 -{CH2-cf Ό。。〜 (a1-2-27) (a1-2-28) 0, 一 〇、 °T&gt; —f-CH2-c)- O、 (a1 十29) CH3 〇4 o _ (a1-2-30) 〇.p (a1-2-17) -(ch2^-)- 〇' — (a1-2-18) 〇= b- (a1 - 2-20) 200928579 [Chem. 2 4] ch3 十—f- 0, ο (al-2-21) ——CH) 〇4 — ch3 〇, (a1 - 2-22) ;Ό CH2-c4- 〇^. (al-2-23) -(•CH2-CH)°4 0 - ❹ (a1-2~24) ch3〇, (a1-2-25) X) -fCH2—CH) '4) 〇—^· (a1-2-26) Γ3 —^ch2-cJ— cf3 -{ CH2-cf Ό. . ~ (a1-2-27) (a1-2-28) 0, 一〇, °T&gt; —f-CH2-c)- O, (a1 十29) CH3 〇4 o _ (a1-2-30) Hey.

ch3 icH2-c4-〇4 (a1e2—31)Ch3 icH2-c4-〇4 (a1e2—31)

-49- 200928579 【化2 5】-49- 200928579 【化2 5】

(a1-2-32) (a1-2-33) (a1-2-34)(a1-2-32) (a1-2-33) (a1-2-34)

(a1-2-38) (a1-2-39)(a1-2-38) (a1-2-39)

-50- 200928579 【化2 6】 ch3 ch3 0==^ 0=1p 0 CH3 ch-50- 200928579 【化2 6】 ch3 ch3 0==^ 0=1p 0 CH3 ch

ο Ο 〇W^ Q C2H5ο Ο 〇W^ Q C2H5

(al-3-t)(al-3-t)

ο h3cο h3c

0 ο ο0 ο ο

C2H5C2H5

o h3c oo h3c o

o O C2H5 〇 (a1-3-2) Ca1-3-3)-fCl^4- -fcH2-C) p p (al-3-4)o O C2H5 〇 (a1-3-2) Ca1-3-3)-fCl^4- -fcH2-C) p p (al-3-4)

(β1-3·5)(β1-3·5)

(a 1-3-6) 〒吩 —^ch2-ch^· —^ch2^ch-0=4(a 1-3-6) 〒 — —^ch2-ch^· —^ch2^ch-0=4

OO

O Η3〇Λ2) c2Hs,^0 η3°^^) (al-3-7) Cal-3-8)O Η3〇Λ2) c2Hs,^0 η3°^^) (al-3-7) Cal-3-8)

0= O0= O

O 0= ΟO 0= Ο

O 0O 0

O O (al-3-9) O c2h5-O O (al-3-9) O c2h5-

(at-3-10) h3c^\ ; c2h5-^2) (al-3-11) (al-3-12) ch3 ch3H〇^ fCH〇^ ^CH0^ f〇H^ f CH2a 一/ / P p 0(at-3-10) h3c^\ ; c2h5-^2) (al-3-11) (al-3-12) ch3 ch3H〇^ fCH〇^ ^CH0^ f〇H^ f CH2a a / / P p 0

〇 &gt;=〇 «5^ 〇h3〇2Q Cat-3-13) (al-3-14)〇 &gt;=〇 «5^ 〇h3〇2Q Cat-3-13) (al-3-14)

h3cH3c

0 00 0

oo

o h3c C2H5o h3c C2H5

oo

00

oo

Ca1'3-15) (a1-3-i6) (at-3-t7) c2H5-Ca1'3-15) (a1-3-i6) (at-3-t7) c2H5-

(af-3-Ιβ) [化 2 7] 十 chJ 冬 CH, /0 ,° 0 b(af-3-Ιβ) [化 2 7] 十 chJ冬 CH, /0 ,° 0 b

o 6 〇 [ C2H5o 6 〇 [ C2H5

(a1-3-19) (al-3-20)(a1-3-19) (al-3-20)

o h3c- 0o h3c- 0

(al-3-21)(al-3-21)

200928579 【化2 8】200928579 【化2 8】

(al-3-27) (βί-3-28)(al-3-27) (βί-3-28)

(al-3-29) (at-3-3D)(al-3-29) (at-3-3D)

(a1 -3-31) (al-3-32)(a1 -3-31) (al-3-32)

(a 1-3-34) (a1-3-35) (a 1-3-36) -52- 200928579 【化2 9】(a 1-3-34) (a1-3-35) (a 1-3-36) -52- 200928579 [Chem. 2 9]

(al-3-37) (at-3-38) (a 彳-3-39)(al-3-37) (at-3-38) (a 彳-3-39)

小 (a 1-3-40)Small (a 1-3-40)

(a 卜3-46)(a bu 3-46)

(at-3-46) 200928579 【化3 0】 ch3 … I VM3 -^CHz-CH)- -(-CH2-C-)- -(-CH2-CH)- -{-CHz-C-}-(at-3-46) 200928579 [Chemical 3 0] ch3 ... I VM3 -^CHz-CH)- -(-CH2-C-)- -(-CH2-CH)- -{-CHz-C-}-

〇· ° P 〇 P o ^ o ) O ; o 气u % %气。〇· ° P 〇 P o ^ o ) O ; o gas u % % gas.

Q (at-4-1) Ca1-4-2) (al—4—3) Ο (a1-4-4) (a 1-4-5)一 9H3 _ -^CH2-CH)- -^CH2-C-^- -fCH2-C^--(ch2-c-}- -^-ch2-ch)- ch3 a o oQ (at-4-1) Ca1-4-2) (al-4-3) Ο (a1-4-4) (a 1-4-5)-9H3 _ -^CH2-CH)- -^CH2 -C-^- -fCH2-C^--(ch2-c-}- -^-ch2-ch)- ch3 aoo

)Q 0、) Q 0,

00

o 0 oo 0 o

o do d

O (a1-4-6) (al-4-7)O (a1-4-6) (al-4-7)

Q O \ /o (a 1 -4-8) (a 1 -4-9) (a1-4-10) ?H3 ❿ -f-CH2-CH)--(-CH2—C-^- -^CH2—c·)- -^CH2~CH^--3 4 )=〇 &gt;=〇 &gt;=〇 π. ^ ~ O &gt; /oQO \ /o (a 1 -4-8) (a 1 -4-9) (a1-4-10) ?H3 ❿ -f-CH2-CH)--(-CH2—C-^- -^CH2 —c·)- -^CH2~CH^--3 4 )=〇&gt;=〇&gt;=〇π. ^ ~ O &gt; /o

.0 〇· o'.0 〇· o'

〇 〇尸〇 〇”〇 〇 〇 〇 〇"

Ca1-4-12) Cal-4-13)Ca1-4-12) Cal-4-13)

QQ

O (al-4-14) (at-4-15) (at-4-16) 200928579 【化3 1】 卡Η^^Η)&quot; —(CH2j十-(ch2--ch}- -(*CHz-c-y -(oh2-ch-^ -^CH2-C^- -(cHz-CH^-〇 〇 〇 °p 〇&lt;〇 〇K〇 °p °\O (al-4-14) (at-4-15) (at-4-16) 200928579 【化3 1】卡Η^^Η)&quot; —(CH2j 十-(ch2--ch}- -( *CHz-cy -(oh2-ch-^ -^CH2-C^- -(cHz-CH^-〇〇〇°p 〇&lt;〇〇K〇°p °\

o oo o

oo

oo

00

oo

oo

0 &gt;=0 Q 〇、 0¾0 &gt;=0 Q 〇, 03⁄4

(a1-4-18) (al-4-19) (al-4-20) (aW-21) (al-4-22) (a1-4~23) (at-4-24)(a1-4-18) (al-4-19) (al-4-20) (aW-21) (al-4-22) (a1-4~23) (at-4-24)

Ca1-4-25) (al-4-26) (a1-4-27) (a1-^4-28) (al-4 -29&gt; (dl-4-30) ΟCa1-4-25) (al-4-26) (a1-4-27) (a1-^4-28) (al-4 -29&gt; (dl-4-30) Ο

結構單位(a 1 ),可單獨使用1種,或將2種以上組 合使用亦可。 上述式中,又以式(al — 1)所示之結構單位爲佳。 具體而言,以使用由式(al— 1一1)至(al—l — 6)及式 (al - 1 - 35 )至(al—l— 41)所成群中所選出之至少1 種爲更佳。 又,結構單位(al )特別是以包含式(al - 1 一 1 )至 (al—l— 4)之結構單位的下述通式(al— 1-01)所示 之單位,或包含式(al-1—35)至(al— 1—41)之結構 -55- 200928579 單位的下述通式(al— 1 — 〇2)者爲佳。 【化3 2】The structural unit (a 1 ) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the above formula, the structural unit represented by the formula (al-1) is preferred. Specifically, at least one selected from the group consisting of the formulas (al-1 to 1) to (al-1 to 6) and the formulas (al-1 to 35) to (al-1 to 41) For better. Further, the structural unit (al) is, in particular, a unit represented by the following general formula (al-1-01) containing a structural unit of the formula (al - 1 - 1 ) to (al - 14 - 4), or an inclusion formula (al-1—35) to (al-1–41) structure -55- 200928579 The unit of the following general formula (al-1 to 〇2) is preferred. [化3 2]

〔式中,R爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基’ R11爲低級烷基〕。 【化3 3】Wherein R is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group R11 is a lower alkyl group]. [化3 3]

c=oc=o

〔式中,R爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基, R12爲低級烷基,h爲1〜3之整數〕。 通式(al — 1—01)中,R具有與上述相同之內容。 R1 1之低級烷基係與R所示之低級烷基爲相同之內容 ,又以甲基或乙基爲佳。 通式(al — 1—02)中,R具有與上述相同之內容。 R12之低級烷基係與前述R所示之低級烷基爲相同之 -56- 200928579 內容,又以甲基或乙基爲佳,又以乙基爲最佳。h以1或 2爲佳,又以2爲最佳。 結構單位(al ),可單獨使用1種,或將2種以上組 合使用亦可。 (A 1 )成份中,結構單位(a 1 )之比例,相對於構成 (A 1 )成份之全體結構單位而言,以1 0〜8 0莫耳%爲佳 ,以20〜70莫耳%爲更佳,以25〜50莫耳%爲最佳。於 0 下限値以上時,於作爲正型光阻組成物時可容易形成圖型 ,於上限値以下時,可與其他結構單位達成平衡。 •結構單位(a2 ) 結構單位(a2),爲含有含內酯之環式基之丙烯酸酯 所衍生之結構單位。 其中,含內酯之環式基,爲含有-0— C(O)—結構之 一個環(內酯環)之環式基。並以內酯環作爲一個環單位 〇 進行計數,僅爲內酯環之情形爲單環式基,若尙具有其他 環結構時,無論其結構爲何,皆稱爲多環式基。 ·· 結構單位(a2)之內酯環式基,於高分子化合物(A1 * )成份用於形成光阻膜之情形中,可有效提高光阻膜對基 板之密著性,並可有效地提高與含有水之顯影液的親和性 〇 結構單位(a2 ),未有任何限定而可使用任意之單位 〇 具體而言,含內酯之單環式基,例如7 — 丁內酯去除 -57- 200928579 1個氫原子所得之基等。又,含內酯之多環式基,例如由 具有內酯環之二環鏈烷、三環鏈烷、四環鏈烷去除1個氫 原子所得之基等。 結構單位(a2)之例示中,更具體而言,例如下述通 , 式(a2 — 1 )至(a2 — 5 )所示結構單位等。 【化3 4】Wherein R is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group, R12 is a lower alkyl group, and h is an integer of from 1 to 3. In the general formula (al - 1 - 01), R has the same content as described above. The lower alkyl group of R1 1 is the same as the lower alkyl group represented by R, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is preferred. In the general formula (al - 1 - 02), R has the same content as described above. The lower alkyl group of R12 is the same as the lower alkyl group represented by the above R-56-200928579, and it is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, and an ethyl group is preferred. h is preferably 1 or 2, and 2 is the best. The structural unit (al) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the component (A 1 ), the ratio of the structural unit (a 1 ) is preferably from 10 to 80 mol%, and from 20 to 70 mol%, based on the entire structural unit constituting the component (A 1 ). For better, 25 to 50 mol% is the best. When it is at least the lower limit 値, it can be easily formed into a pattern when it is a positive resist composition. When it is below the upper limit 値, it can be balanced with other structural units. • Structural unit (a2) The structural unit (a2) is a structural unit derived from an acrylate containing a cyclic group containing a lactone. Among them, the cyclic group containing a lactone is a cyclic group containing a ring (lactone ring) of the -0-C(O)- structure. The lactone ring is counted as a ring unit ,, and the monocyclic group is only a lactone ring. If the fluorene has other ring structures, it is called a polycyclic group regardless of its structure. · The lactone ring group of the structural unit (a2), in the case where the polymer compound (A1*) component is used to form the photoresist film, the adhesion of the photoresist film to the substrate can be effectively improved, and the adhesion can be effectively Increasing the affinity 〇 structural unit (a2) with the developer containing water, any unit can be used without any limitation, specifically, a lactone-containing monocyclic group, for example, 7-butyrolactone removal-57 - 200928579 The basis of one hydrogen atom. Further, the polycyclic group having a lactone is, for example, a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a bicycloalkane having a lactone ring, a tricycloalkane or a tetracycloalkane. In the example of the structural unit (a2), more specifically, for example, the structural unit shown by the following formulas (a2 - 1) to (a2 - 5). [化3 4]

〔式中,R爲氫原子、低級烷基或鹵化低級烷基,R’ 爲氫原子、低級烷基,或碳數1〜5之烷氧基或一 CO OR&quot; ,前述R&quot;爲氫原子,或碳數1〜5之直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環 狀之烷基,m爲0或1之整數,A&quot;爲碳數1〜5之伸烷基 或氧原子〕。 通式(a2 — 1)至(a2— 5)中之R具有與上述結構單 位(al)中之R爲相同之內容。 R|之低級烷基,具有與上述結構單位(al)中之R的 低級烷基爲相同之內容。 R&quot;爲直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基之情形中,以碳數1〜1〇 爲佳,又以碳數1〜5爲最佳。 R&quot;爲環狀之烷基之情形中,以碳數3〜1 5爲佳,以碳 數4〜〗2爲更佳,以碳數5〜10爲最佳。具體而言’例如 -58- 200928579 可被氟原子或氟化烷基所取代,或未 二環鏈烷、三環鏈烷、四環鏈烷多環鏈焼 代之單環鏈烷、 去除1個以上之 氫原子所得之基等。具體之內谷如由環戊院、環己院等單 環鏈院,或金剛烷、降冰片烷、異冰片烷、三環癸烷、四 , 環十二烷等多環鏈烷去除1個以上之氫原子所得之基等。 . A&quot;之碳數1〜5之伸烷基,具體而言,例如伸甲基、 伸乙基、η —伸丙基、異伸丙基等。 Q 通式(a2-l)〜(a2— 5)中,R,於考慮工業上容易 取得等觀點,以使用氫原子爲佳。 以下爲前述通式(a2—l)至(a2—5)之具體結構單 位之例示。 【化3 5】Wherein R is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group or a halogenated lower alkyl group, R' is a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 5 or a CO OR&quot;, and the aforementioned R&quot; is a hydrogen atom Or a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 5, m is an integer of 0 or 1, and A&quot; is an alkylene group or an oxygen atom having a carbon number of 1 to 5. R in the general formulae (a2 - 1) to (a2 - 5) has the same content as R in the above structural unit (al). The lower alkyl group of R| has the same content as the lower alkyl group of R in the above structural unit (al). In the case of a linear or branched alkyl group, R&quot; is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 1 Å, and preferably a carbon number of 1 to 5. In the case where R&quot; is a cyclic alkyl group, a carbon number of 3 to 15 is preferable, a carbon number of 4 to 2 is more preferable, and a carbon number of 5 to 10 is most preferable. Specifically, 'for example, -58-200928579 may be substituted by a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group, or a non-bicycloalkane, a tricycloalkane or a tetracyclic alkane polycyclic chain deuterated monocyclic alkane, and 1 is removed. The base obtained by more than one hydrogen atom, and the like. The specific inner valley is removed by a single ring chain such as Huanyuanyuan and Huanyuanyuan, or a polycyclic alkane such as adamantane, norbornane, isobornane, tricyclodecane or tetracyclodane. The base obtained by the above hydrogen atom and the like. A&quot; an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 5, specifically, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an η-propyl group, an iso-propyl group, and the like. In the general formula (a2-l) to (a2-5), R is preferably a hydrogen atom in view of industrial availability. The following are exemplifications of specific structural units of the above general formulae (a2-1) to (a2-5). [化3 5]

-59- 200928579 【化3 6】 ch3 -C-。彳 Ο: ο CH3〇4f CH3 *fcH2—C-}-〇4-59- 200928579 [Chem. 3 6] ch3 -C-.彳 Ο: ο CH3〇4f CH3 *fcH2—C-}-〇4

o o. ch3o o. ch3

(a2-2-1) 〇 (a2-2-2) (a2-2-3) CH3 ch3 Ό 〇 (a2-2-4) CH3 ❹ -{CH2—C-)- -fcH2—C-}- ~(CH2—CH)- -fcH2—〇)- 〇=J^ CH3 0=4^ 0==\ 〇=\(a2-2-1) 〇(a2-2-2) (a2-2-3) CH3 ch3 Ό 〇(a2-2-4) CH3 ❹ -{CH2—C-)- -fcH2—C-}- ~(CH2—CH)- -fcH2—〇)- 〇=J^ CH3 0=4^ 0==\ 〇=\

(a2-2S)(a2-2S)

CH3 (a2-2-6) (a2-2-7) CH3CH3 (a2-2-6) (a2-2-7) CH3

, i、 -(CH2—ch)- . ΐΑ3 -{ch2—ch}- -fcH2-c)- V 〇 J -(CH2-Cf- | °=K - o 、。贷^ ⑩ (32-2-9) 〇 ch3 -fcH2-c4- 〇=J o, i, -(CH2—ch)- . ΐΑ3 -{ch2—ch}- -fcH2-c)- V 〇J -(CH2-Cf- | °=K - o , . loan ^ 10 (32-2- 9) 〇ch3 -fcH2-c4- 〇=J o

-(ch2—ch)- o-(ch2—ch)- o

(a2-2-14) (a2-2-13) 0 -60- 200928579 【化3 7】(a2-2-14) (a2-2-13) 0 -60- 200928579 [Chem. 3 7]

ch3 CH2-c)- -{ch2-ch)- iCh3 CH2-c)- -{ch2-ch)- i

作 2-3-10) -61 - 200928579 【化3 8】For 2-3-10) -61 - 200928579 [Chem. 3 8]

-62- 200928579-62- 200928579

【化3 9】[化3 9]

結構單位(a2 )中,又以使用由前述通式(a2 — 1 ) 至(a2 - 5 )所示結構單位所形成之群所選出之至少1種 爲佳,又以由通式(a2 - 1 )至(a2 — 3 )所示結構單位所 成群中所選出之至少1種爲更佳。其中’又以由化學式( a2 - 1 - 1 )、( a2 - 1 - 2 )、( a2 - 2 - 1 )、( a2 - 2 - 2 )、(a2 - 3 - 1 ) 、 (a2—3 — 2) 、 (a2— 3— 9)與(a2 - 3-10)所示結構單位所成群中所選出之至少1種爲佳 結構單位(a2 ),可單獨使用1種’或將2種以上組 -63- 200928579 合使用亦可。 (A1 )成份中,結構單位(a2 )的比例,以對構成( A1 )成份之全體結構單位之合計,以5〜60莫耳%爲佳, 以10〜50莫耳%爲較佳,以20〜50莫耳%爲最佳。於下 ^ 限値以上時,含有結構單位(a2 )時可充分達到效果,於 上限値以下時,可得到與其他結構單位之平衡。 φ •結構單位(a3 ) 結構單位(a3 ),爲含有含極性基之脂肪族烴基之丙 烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位。 (A1)成份含有結構單位(a3)時,可提高(A1) 成份之親水性,而提高與顯影液之親和性,進而提昇曝光 部之鹼溶解性,而可期待解析度之提昇。 極性基,例如羥基 '氰基、羧基、烷基中一部份氫原 子被氟原子取代之羥烷基等,又以羥基爲最佳。 φ 脂肪族烴基,例如碳數1〜10之直鏈狀或支鏈狀烴基 (較佳爲伸烷基),或多環式之脂肪族烴基(多環式基) *· 等。該多環式基’例如可由ArF準分子雷射用光阻組成物 ' 用之樹脂中’由多數提案內容中作適當選擇使用。該多環 式基的碳數爲7〜30較佳。 其中’又以含有羥基、氰基、羧基,或含有烷基中氫 原子之一部份被氟原子取代之羥烷基的脂肪族多環式基之 丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位爲更佳。該多環式基,例如由 二環鏈烷、三環鏈烷、四環鏈烷中去除2個以上之氫原子 -64 - 200928579 所得之基等。具體而言,例如由金剛烷、降冰片烷、異菠 烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷等多環鏈烷中去除2個以上氫 原子所得之基等。前述多環式基中,又以金剛烷去除2個 以上氫原子之基、降冰片烷去除2個以上氫原子之基、四 環十二烷去除2個以上氫原子之基等更適合工業上使用。 結構單位(a3 )中,於含有極性基之脂肪族烴基中之 烴基爲碳數1〜之直鏈狀或支鏈狀烴基時,以由丙烯酸 之羥乙基酯所衍生之結構單位爲佳,該烴基爲多環式基時 ,例如下式(a3 — 1 )所示結構單位、(a3 — 2 )所示結構 單位、(a3 — 3 )所示結構單位等爲佳。 【化4 0】In the structural unit (a2), at least one selected from the group consisting of the structural units represented by the above formulas (a2 - 1) to (a2 - 5) is preferred, and the formula (a2 - It is more preferable that at least one selected from the group consisting of structural units shown in (a2 - 3) is preferable. Wherein 'the chemical formula (a2 - 1 - 1 ), ( a2 - 1 - 2 ), ( a2 - 2 - 1 ), ( a2 - 2 - 2 ), (a2 - 3 - 1 ), (a2 - 3 — 2) , (a2—3—9) and at least one selected from the group of structural units shown in (a2 - 3-10) are good structural units (a2), and one type can be used alone or 2 The above group -63- 200928579 can also be used together. In the component (A1), the ratio of the structural unit (a2) is preferably 5 to 60 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%, based on the total of the structural units constituting the component (A1). 20 to 50% Mo is the best. When the lower limit is above the limit, the effect can be fully achieved when the structural unit (a2) is contained, and the balance with other structural units can be obtained when the upper limit is less than or equal to the upper limit. φ • structural unit (a3) The structural unit (a3) is a structural unit derived from an acrylate having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a polar group. When the component (A3) contains a structural unit (a3), the hydrophilicity of the component (A1) can be improved, and the affinity with the developer can be improved, and the alkali solubility of the exposed portion can be improved, and the resolution can be expected to be improved. A polar group such as a hydroxy group 'cyano group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group in which a part of hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group is substituted by a fluorine atom, and the like are preferably a hydroxyl group. The φ aliphatic hydrocarbon group is, for example, a linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably an alkylene group) or a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group (polycyclic group)*. The polycyclic group ' can be suitably used, for example, from the resin used for the ArF excimer laser photoresist composition'. The polycyclic group preferably has a carbon number of from 7 to 30. Further, the structural unit derived from an acrylate having a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, or an aliphatic polycyclic group containing a hydroxyalkyl group in which one of hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group is substituted by a fluorine atom is more preferable. The polycyclic group is, for example, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms -64 - 200928579 from a bicycloalkane, a tricycloalkane or a tetracycloalkane. Specifically, for example, a group obtained by removing two or more hydrogen atoms from a polycyclic alkane such as adamantane, norbornane, iso-serane, tricyclodecane or tetracyclododecane is used. In the polycyclic group, it is more suitable for industrially to remove two or more hydrogen atoms from adamantane, to remove two or more hydrogen atoms from norbornane, and to remove two or more hydrogen atoms from tetracyclododecane. use. In the structural unit (a3), when the hydrocarbon group in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a polar group is a linear or branched hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, the structural unit derived from hydroxyethyl acrylate is preferred. When the hydrocarbon group is a polycyclic group, for example, a structural unit represented by the following formula (a3 - 1), a structural unit represented by (a3 - 2), a structural unit represented by (a3 - 3), or the like is preferable. [化4 0]

OH (a3-3) 〔式中,R具有與前述相同之內容,j爲1〜3之整數 ,k爲1〜3之整數’t'爲1〜3之整數,1爲1〜5之整數 ,3爲1〜3之整數〕。 通式(a3 — 1 )中’ j以1或2爲佳,又以1爲更佳。 j爲2之情形中,以羥基鍵結於金剛烷基之3位與5位者 -65- 200928579 爲更佳。j爲1之情形中,特別是以羥基鍵結於金剛烷基 之3位爲最佳。 其中,又以j爲1爲佳,特別是羥基鍵結於金剛烷基 之3位者爲最佳。 . 式(a3— 2)中,以k爲1者爲佳。又以氰基鍵結於 ^ 降冰片烷基之5位或6位者爲佳。 式(a3 — 3 )中,以t'爲1者爲佳,以1爲1者爲佳 ❹ ,以s爲1者爲佳。其以丙烯酸之羧基的末端鍵結2 —降 冰片烷基或3-降冰片烷基者爲佳。氟化烷基醇以鍵結於 降冰片烷基之5或6位者爲佳。 結構單位(a3 ),可單獨使用1種,或將2種以上組 合使用亦可。 (A1 )成份中,結構單位(a3 )之比例,相對於構成 (A1 )成份之全體結構單位,以5〜5 0莫耳%爲佳,以5 〜40莫耳%爲更佳,以5〜25莫耳%爲最佳。於下限値以 φ 上時,可充分得到含有結構單位(a3)之效果,於上限値 以下時可得到與其他結構單位之平衡性。 * •結構單位(a4 ) (A1)成份,於不損害本發明之效果之範圍中,可 再含有上述結構單位(al)至(a3)以外之其他結構單位 (a 4 ) 〇 結構單位(a4 )只要爲未分類於前述結構單位(a !) 至(a3 )以外之結構單位時,並無特別限定。其可使用 -66- 200928579OH (a3-3) [wherein R has the same content as described above, j is an integer of 1 to 3, k is an integer of 1 to 3 't' is an integer of 1 to 3, and 1 is an integer of 1 to 5 , 3 is an integer of 1 to 3]. In the formula (a3 - 1), 'j is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1 is more preferable. In the case where j is 2, it is more preferable that the hydroxy group is bonded to the adamantyl group at the 3rd position and the 5th position -65-200928579. In the case where j is 1, it is particularly preferable that the hydroxyl group is bonded to the 3 position of the adamantyl group. Among them, it is preferable that j is 1 or not, and particularly, a hydroxyl group bonded to the adamantyl group is preferred. In the formula (a3-2), it is preferable to use k as one. Further, it is preferred that the cyano group is bonded to the 5- or 6-position of the norbornyl group. In the formula (a3 - 3), it is preferable that t' is one, and that one is 1 is preferable, and s is one. It is preferably a terminal bond of a carboxyl group of acrylic acid 2 - a norbornyl group or a 3-norbornyl group. The fluorinated alkyl alcohol is preferably bonded to the 5 or 6 position of the norbornyl group. The structural unit (a3) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the component (A1), the ratio of the structural unit (a3) is preferably 5 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, based on the entire structural unit constituting the component (A1). ~25 mol% is the best. When the lower limit is φ, the effect of containing the structural unit (a3) can be sufficiently obtained, and when it is less than the upper limit 可, the balance with other structural units can be obtained. * • Structural unit (a4) (A1) component, which may further contain other structural units (a 4 ) and structural units (a4) other than the above structural units (al) to (a3), without impairing the effects of the present invention (a4) It is not particularly limited as long as it is a structural unit that is not classified into the above structural units (a !) to (a3). It can be used -66- 200928579

ArF準分子雷射用、KrF準分子雷射用(較佳爲ArF準分 子雷射用)等光阻用樹脂所使用之以往已知之多數結構單 位。 結構單位(a4 ),例如含有非酸解離性之脂肪族多環 _ 式基的丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位等爲佳。該多環式基, 例如爲與前述結構單位(al )時所例示之相同例示內容, 其可使用ArF準分子雷射用、KrF準分子雷射用(較佳爲 φ ArF準分子雷射用)等光阻組成物之樹脂成份所使用之以 往已知之多數結構單位。 特別是由三環癸烷基、金剛烷基、四環十二烷基、異 菠烷基、降冰片烷基所選出之至少1種以上時,以工業上 容易取得而爲較佳。此等多環式基,可被碳數1〜5之直 鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基取代亦可》 結構單位(a4 ),具體而言,例如下述通式(a4 — 1 )至(a4-5)所示結構單位等。 Ο 【化4 1】A plurality of conventionally known structural units used for resistive resins such as ArF excimer lasers and KrF excimer lasers (preferably for ArF quasi-mineral lasers). The structural unit (a4), for example, a structural unit derived from an acrylate having a non-acid dissociable aliphatic polycyclic group is preferable. The polycyclic group is, for example, the same as exemplified in the above structural unit (al), and can be used for ArF excimer laser or KrF excimer laser (preferably φ ArF excimer laser) Most of the conventionally known structural units used for the resin component of the photoresist composition. In particular, when at least one selected from the group consisting of a tricyclodecylalkyl group, an adamantyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group, an isobornyl group, and a norbornyl group is industrially preferable, it is preferably obtained. These polycyclic groups may be substituted by a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a structural unit (a4), specifically, for example, the following formula (a4-1) The structural unit shown in (a4-5). Ο 【化4 1】

〔式中,R具有與前述相同之內容〕。 (A1)成份中含有前述結構單位(a4)時,(A1) -67- 200928579 成份中之結構單位(a4 )之比例’相對於構成(a 1 )成份 之全體結構單位之合計’以含有1〜3 0莫耳%爲佳,又以 含有10〜20莫耳%爲更佳。 本發明中,(A1)成份以含有具有結構單位(al)、 (a2 )、及(a3)之共聚物爲佳。前述共聚物,例如由結 構單位(al) 、(a2)、及(a3)所得之共聚物,結構單 位(al ) 、( a2 ) 、( a3 )及(a4 )所得之共聚物等。 ^ ( A1 )成份,可將各結構單位所衍生之單體,例如 使用偶氮二異丁腈(AIBN )等自由基聚合起始劑依公知 之自由基聚合等聚合反應而製得。 又,(A1 )成份,於上述聚合之際,例如可倂用H S —CH2 — CH2 — CH2 — C(CF3)2—〇H等鏈移轉劑,而於末端 導入-C(CF3)2- OH基。如此,可得到導入有烷基中氫原 子之一部份被氟原子取代之羥烷基的共聚物,因而可有效 降低缺陷或降低LER ( Line Edge Roughness :線路側壁具 〇 有不均勻凹凸)之效果。 (A1)成份之質量平均分子量(Mw)(凝膠滲透色 ' 層分析法之聚苯乙烯換算量)並未有特別限定,一般以 - 2,000〜50,000 爲佳,以 3,000〜30,000 爲更佳,以5,000 〜20,000爲最佳。小於此範圍之上限時,作爲光阻使用時 對光阻溶劑可得到充分之溶解性,大於此範圍之下限時, 可得到良好之耐乾蝕刻性或光阻圖型之截面形狀。 又,分散度(Mw/Mn)以1.0〜5.0之範圍爲佳’以 1.0〜3.0爲更佳,以1.2〜2.5爲最佳。又,Μη爲數平均 -68- 200928579 分子量。 〔(A2 )成份〕 (A2)成份,以分子量爲500以上、未達2000 • 有上述(A 1 )成份之說明中所例示之酸解離性溶解 基,與親水性基之低分子化合物爲佳。具體而言,具 數之酚骨架之化合物的羥基之氫原子的一部份被上述 0 離性溶解抑制基所取代之化合物等。 (A2 )成份,例如,已知非化學增幅型之g線或 光阻中之增感劑,或耐熱性提昇劑之低分子量酚化合 羥基之氫原子之一部份被上述酸解離性溶解抑制基所 之成份,前述成份可任意使用。 該低分子量酚化合物,例如,雙(4 -羥基苯基 烷、雙(2,3,4一三羥基苯基)甲烷、2— (4 —羥基 )—2— (4·-羥基苯基)丙烷、2_ (2,3,4一三羥基 〇 ) — 2— (2',3',4·-三羥基苯基)丙烷、三(4 —羥基 )甲烷、雙(4 一羥基_3,5_二甲基苯基)_2—羥 ·· 基甲烷、雙(4_羥基_2,5—二甲基苯基)一2_羥 • 基甲烷、雙(4_羥基_3,5 —二甲基苯基)一3,4 — 基苯基甲烷、雙(4 一羥基一 2,5 —二甲基苯基)一: 二羥基苯基甲烷、雙(4_羥基一 3 —甲基苯基)一: 二羥基苯基甲烷、雙(3 —環己基一4_羥基一6—甲 基)_4 —羥基苯基甲烷、雙(3 —環己基—4—羥基-甲基苯基)—3,4 —二羥基苯基甲烷、1 一〔1— (4 — 之具 抑制 有複 酸解 i線 物的 取代 )甲 苯基 苯基 苯基 基苯 基苯 二羥 ,4-,4 - 基苯 -6 — 羥基 -69- 200928579 苯基)異丙基〕—4-〔1,1 一雙(4 —羥基苯基)乙 苯、酚、m—甲酚、P —甲酚或二甲酚等酚類之甲醛 合物之2、3、4核體等。當然並不限定於此。 酸解離性溶解抑制基並未有特別限定’例如可爲 , 之內容。 (A) 成份,可單獨使用1種,或將2種以上合 用。 φ 本發明之光阻組成物中,(A)成份之含量,可 所欲形成之光阻膜厚度等進行調整即可。 &lt; (B )成份&gt; (B) 成份,爲含有前述通式(bl-Ι)所表示之 物所形成之酸產生劑(B1)(以下,亦稱爲(B1) )。該(B1)成份,係與前述本發明之化合物(B1 相同之內容。 Ο (B1)成份,可使用1種或將2種以上混合使用 又,本發明之光阻組成物中,(B )成份中(B 1 份之含量’以4 0質量%以上爲佳,以7 0質量%以上 * 佳’亦可爲100質量%。最佳爲75質量%。於該範圍 限値以上時’使用本發明之光阻組成物形成光阻圖型 ’可提高解析性、遮罩重現性、焦點景深寬度、曝光 度、線路寬度不均度(LWR)等微影蝕刻特性。 (B)成份中,前述(B1)成份以外之酸產生劑 )(以下亦稱爲(B2)成份)亦可倂用前述(B1) 基〕 水縮 上述 倂使 配合 化合 成份 )爲 )成 爲更 之下 之際 寬容 (B2 成份 -70- 【化4 2】[wherein R has the same content as described above]. When the component (a4) is contained in the component (A1), the ratio of the structural unit (a4) in the component (A1) -67 to 200928579 is "to the total of the structural units constituting the component (a1)" to contain 1 ~3 0% of the mole is better, and it is better to contain 10~20 mol%. In the present invention, the component (A1) is preferably a copolymer containing structural units (al), (a2), and (a3). The copolymer is, for example, a copolymer obtained from structural units (al), (a2), and (a3), a copolymer obtained by structural units (al), (a2), (a3), and (a4). The (A1) component can be obtained by polymerization of a monomer derived from each structural unit, for example, a radical polymerization initiator such as azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) by a known radical polymerization. Further, in the above-mentioned polymerization, the (A1) component may be, for example, a chain transfer agent such as HS-CH2-CH2-CH2-C(CF3)2-?H, and -C(CF3)2- at the end. OH group. Thus, a copolymer into which a hydroxyalkyl group in which one of hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group is substituted by a fluorine atom can be obtained, thereby effectively reducing defects or reducing LER (Line Edge Roughness) effect. The mass average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (A1) (the amount of polystyrene converted by the gel permeation color layer analysis method) is not particularly limited, and is generally preferably -2,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000. 5,000 to 20,000 is the best. When it is less than the upper limit of the range, sufficient solubility is obtained for the photoresist as a photoresist, and when it is larger than the lower limit of the range, a good dry etching resistance or a resist pattern cross-sectional shape can be obtained. Further, the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 5.0, more preferably 1.0 to 3.0, and most preferably 1.2 to 2.5. Also, Μη is the number average -68- 200928579 molecular weight. [(A2) component] (A2) component having a molecular weight of 500 or more and less than 2000. • The acid dissociable dissolving group exemplified in the description of the above (A 1 ) component is preferably a low molecular compound having a hydrophilic group. . Specifically, a compound in which a part of a hydrogen atom of a hydroxyl group of a compound having a phenol skeleton is substituted with the above-mentioned 0-release inhibitory group or the like. (A2) component, for example, a sensitizer in a g-line or photoresist which is known to be non-chemically amplified, or a part of a hydrogen atom of a low molecular weight phenolic hydroxyl group of a heat-resistant enhancer is inhibited by the above-described acid dissociation dissolution The components of the base can be used arbitrarily. The low molecular weight phenol compound, for example, bis(4-hydroxyphenylalkane, bis(2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl)methane, 2-(4-hydroxy)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl) Propane, 2_(2,3,4-trihydroxyindole)-2-(2',3',4--trihydroxyphenyl)propane, tris(4-hydroxy)methane, bis(4-hydroxyl_3, 5_Dimethylphenyl)_2-hydroxy··methane, bis(4-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylphenyl)-2-hydroxyxylmethane, bis(4_hydroxy_3,5 — Dimethylphenyl)- 3,4-ylphenylmethane, bis(4-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylphenyl)-: dihydroxyphenylmethane, bis(4-hydroxy-3-methyl) Phenyl)-: Dihydroxyphenylmethane, bis(3-cyclohexyl-4-hydroxy-6-methyl)-4-hydroxyphenylmethane, bis(3-cyclohexyl-4-hydroxy-methylphenyl) -3,4 -dihydroxyphenylmethane, 1 -[1 - (4 - substituted with a complex acid-resolving i-line substituted) tolylphenylphenylphenyl phenyl dihydroxy, 4-, 4- Phenyl-6-hydroxy-69- 200928579 Phenyl)isopropyl]-4-[1,1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)B , Phenol, m- cresol, P - 2,3,4 core bodies of a phenolic compound of formaldehyde or cresol-xylenol and the like. Of course, it is not limited to this. The acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a content. (A) The components may be used alone or in combination of two or more. φ In the photoresist composition of the present invention, the content of the component (A) may be adjusted such as the thickness of the photoresist film to be formed. &lt;(B) Component&gt; (B) The component is an acid generator (B1) (hereinafter also referred to as (B1)) which is formed by the substance represented by the above formula (bl-Ι). The component (B1) is the same as the compound of the present invention (B1). The component (B1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the photoresist composition of the present invention, (B) In the component (the content of B 1 part is preferably 40% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or more * preferably '100% by mass. Most preferably 75% by mass. When used in the range above the limit' The photoresist composition of the present invention forms a photoresist pattern' to improve lithography characteristics such as resolution, mask reproducibility, focal depth of field, exposure, and line width unevenness (LWR). The acid generator other than the component (B1) (hereinafter also referred to as the component (B2)) may be obtained by using the above (B1) group to shrink the above-mentioned hydrazine to make the compounded component) Tolerance (B2 ingredient -70- [Chemical 4 2]

〔式中,R1&quot;至 R3&quot;、R5&quot;及 R6’’ 200928579 (B2 )成份,只要爲前述(] 並未有特別限定,其可使用目前爲 型光阻用之酸產生劑的成份。 . 前述酸產生劑,目前爲止例如 酸產生劑,肟磺酸酯系酸產生劑、 重氮甲烷類、聚(雙磺醯基)重氮 Q 產生劑、硝基苄磺酸酯類系酸產生 產生劑、二颯類系酸產生劑等多種 鑰鹽系酸產生劑,例如可使用 b - 2 )所示化合物。 基;式(b— 1)中之R1”至R3&quot;中 並與式中之硫原子共同形成環亦瓦[In the formula, R1&quot; to R3&quot;, R5&quot;, and R6'' 200928579 (B2), as long as the above (] is not particularly limited, it can be used as a component of an acid generator for a photoresist. The acid generator, for example, an acid generator, an oxime sulfonate acid generator, a diazomethane, a poly(disulfonyl) diazonium Q generator, and a nitrobenzyl sulfonate are produced. As the various key salt acid generators such as a reagent and a diterpenoid acid generator, for example, a compound represented by b - 2 ) can be used. In the formula (b-1), R1" to R3&quot; and together with the sulfur atom in the formula form a ring

狀或環狀院基或氟化烷基;R1”至F R5”至R6&quot;中至少丨個爲芳基〕。 式(b— 1 )中,R1&quot;至R3&quot;各自 (b— 1)中之R1至R3中,任意 中之硫原子共同形成環亦可。 又,R1&quot;至R3&quot;中,至少1個爲 -71 - U )成份以外之成份時 止被提案作爲化學增幅 碘鎗鹽或锍鹽等鎗鹽系 雙烷基或雙芳基磺醯基 甲烷類等重氮甲烷系酸 劑、亞胺基磺酸酯系酸 已知化合物。 下述通式(b- 1 )或( R4 SO3 …(b-2) ,各自獨立爲芳基或烷 任意2個可相互鍵結 ' ;R4&quot;爲直鏈狀、支鏈 -3n中至少1個爲芳基, 獨立爲芳基或烷基;式 2個可相互鍵結並與式 芳基。R1U至R3’’中以2 200928579 個以上爲芳基者爲佳’又以R1”至R3&quot;全部爲芳基者爲最 佳。 R1至R3”之芳基’並未有特別限制,例如爲碳數6〜 20之芳基,且該芳基之一部份或全部的氫原子可被烷基 , 、院氧基、鹵素原子、羥基等所取代,或未被取代者亦可 。芳基就可廉價合成等觀點上,以使用碳數6〜1〇之芳基 爲佳。具體而言,例如苯基、萘基等。 Q 可以取代前述芳基之氫原子的烷基,以碳數丨〜5之 烷基爲佳,又以甲基、乙基、丙基、η 一 丁基、tert_ 丁基 爲最佳。 可以取代前述芳基之氫原子的烷氧基,以碳數1〜5 之院氧基爲佳’又以甲氧基、乙氧基、η -丙氧基、iso — 丙氧基、η — 丁氧基、tert一丁氧基爲最佳。 可以取代前述芳基之氫原子的烷氧基,以碳數1〜5 之烷氧基爲佳,又以甲氧基、乙氧基爲最佳。 G 可以取代前述芳基之氫原子的鹵素原子,以氟原子爲 最佳。 *' Rll R3”之院基,並未有特別限制,例如可爲碳數1 - 〜10之直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀烷基等。就具有優良解析 性等觀點’以碳數1〜5者爲佳。具體而言,例如甲基、 乙基、η —丙基、異丙基、η — 丁基、異丁基、n_戊基、 環戊基、己基、環己基、壬基、癸基等。就具有優良解析 性、且可廉價合成之觀點而言,以使用甲基爲更佳。 其中,又以R1&quot;至R3&quot;之分別爲苯基或萘基者爲最佳 -72- 200928579 式(b_l)中之R1&quot;至R3&quot;中,任意2個可相互鍵結 並與式中之硫原子共同形成環之情形中’以形成含有硫原 子之3〜1〇員環爲佳,又以形成含有5〜7員環者爲更佳 〇 式(b — 1)中之R1&quot;至R3”中,任意2個可相互鍵結 並與式中之硫原子共同形成環之情形中,剩餘之1個以芳 0 基爲佳。前述芳基,例如與前述R1&quot;至R3&quot;之芳基爲相同 之內容。 R4&quot;爲直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基,或直鏈狀、支 鏈狀或環狀氟化烷基。 前述直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基,以碳數1〜10者爲佳, 以碳數1〜8者爲更佳,以碳數1〜4者爲最佳。 前述環狀之烷基,係如前述R1&quot;所示環式基,其以碳 數4〜15者爲佳,以碳數4〜10者爲更佳,以碳數6〜10 〇 者爲最佳。 前述氟化烷基,以碳數1〜10者爲佳,以碳數1〜8 *- 者爲更佳,以碳數1〜4者爲最佳。又,該氟化烷基之氟 • 化率(烷基中氟原子之比例)較佳爲1 〇〜1 00%,更佳爲 50〜1 00%,特別是氫原子全部被氟原子取代所得氟化烷 基(全氟烷基)者,以其酸之強度更強而爲更佳。 R4&quot;,以直鏈狀或環狀之烷基’或直鏈狀、支鏈狀或 環狀氟化烷基者爲最佳。 式(b— 2 )中,R5&quot;及R6&quot;各自獨立爲芳基或烷基; -73- 200928579 R5’’及R6&quot;中至少1個爲芳基,R5&quot;及R6&quot;中以全部爲芳基者 爲最佳。 R5”及R6”之芳基,例如與R1&quot;至R3&quot;之芳基爲相同之 內容。 _ R5&quot;及R6&quot;之院基,例如與R1&quot;至R3&quot;之烷基爲相同之 內容。 其中又以R5&quot;及R6’’全部爲苯基者爲最佳。 Q 式(b - 2 )中之R4’’與(b — 1 )中之R4&quot;爲相同之內 容。 式(b— 1) 、(b— 2)所示鑰鹽系酸產生劑之具體例 如,二苯基碘鑰之三氟甲烷磺酸酯或九氟丁烷磺酸酯、雙 (4一 tert-丁基苯基)碘鑰之三氟甲烷磺酸酯或九氟丁烷 磺酸酯、三苯基锍之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯 或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、三(4-甲基苯基)锍之三氟甲烷 磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、二甲基 〇 (4 -羥基萘基)锍之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸 酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、單苯基二甲基鏑之三氟甲烷磺酸 酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、二苯基單甲 * 基毓之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷 磺酸酯、(4一甲基苯基)二苯基銃之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、 其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、(4-甲氧基苯 基)二苯基鏑之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其 九氟丁烷磺酸酯、三(4 一 tert _ 丁基)苯基锍之三氟甲烷 磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、二苯基 -74- 200928579 (1 一(4一甲氧基)萘基)鏑之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟 丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、二(1-萘基)苯基锍 之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸 酯、1-苯基四氫噻吩鑰之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷 磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1一(4_甲基苯基)四氫噻 吩鑰之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷 磺酸酯、1— (3,5 —二甲基_4 一羥苯基)四氫噻吩鑰之 φ 三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯 、1_ (4一甲氧基萘一 1_基)四氫噻吩鐵之三氟甲烷磺 酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1 一(4 一 乙氧基萘一 1 -基)四氫噻吩鑰之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七 氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1 一(4- η — 丁氧基 萘- 1 一基)四氫噻吩鑰之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷 磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1 -苯基噻喃鑰之三氟甲烷 磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1 -(4 φ —羥苯基)四氫噻喃鎗之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺 酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯、1 一(3,5—二甲基一 4 一羥苯 *- 基)四氫噻喃鑰之三氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或 • 其九氧丁烷磺酸酯、1-(4_甲基苯基)四氫噻喃鐵之三 氟甲烷磺酸酯、其七氟丙烷磺酸酯或其九氟丁烷磺酸酯等 〇 又,可使用前述鎗鹽之陰離子部被甲烷磺酸酯、η-丙烷磺酸酯、η- 丁烷磺酸酯、η-辛烷磺酸酯所取代之鑰 -75- 200928579 又,可使用前述通式(b — 1)或(b_2)中,陰離子 部被下述式(b — 3)或(b-4)所示陰離子部取代所得之 鑰鹽系酸產生劑亦可(陽離子部係與前述式(b - 1)或( b — 2 )相同)。 【化4 3】a cyclic or cyclical base or a fluorinated alkyl group; at least one of R1" to F R5" to R6&quot; is an aryl group. In the formula (b-1), among R1 to R3 in R1&quot; to R3&quot; (b-1), any of the sulfur atoms may form a ring together. In addition, at least one component other than -71 - U in R1&quot; to R3&quot; is proposed as a chemically amplified iodine salt or strontium salt, such as a dialkyl or bisarylsulfonyl methane. A known compound such as a diazomethane-based acid or an iminosulfonate-based acid. The following general formula (b-1) or (R4SO3 (b-2), each independently an aryl group or an alkane, may be bonded to each other'; R4&quot; is a linear, branched-3n at least 1 Each is aryl, independently aryl or alkyl; formula 2 can be bonded to each other and with an aryl group. R1U to R3'' is preferably 2, 2009,579,579 or more aryl, and R1" to R3&quot It is preferred that all are aryl groups. The aryl group of R1 to R3" is not particularly limited, and is, for example, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and a part or all of hydrogen atoms of the aryl group may be The alkyl group, the alkoxy group, the halogen atom, the hydroxyl group or the like may be substituted or unsubstituted. The aryl group may be inexpensively synthesized, and it is preferred to use an aryl group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms. For example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. Q may be substituted for the alkyl group of the hydrogen atom of the above aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨5, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a η-butyl group. And tert_butyl is the most preferable. The alkoxy group which can replace the hydrogen atom of the above aryl group is preferably a methoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 5, and a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an η-propoxy group, Iso — propoxy η — butoxy group and tert-butoxy group are preferred. The alkoxy group which may replace the hydrogen atom of the above aryl group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and a methoxy group and an ethoxy group. The base is optimal. G may be substituted for the halogen atom of the hydrogen atom of the above aryl group, and the fluorine atom is preferred. *' Rll R3" is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a carbon number of 1 - 10 A linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, etc., which has excellent resolution and the like, is preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Specifically, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, η-propyl group, and isopropyl group. Base, η-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, etc., in terms of having excellent resolution and being inexpensively synthesized, The basis is better. Among them, R1&quot; to R3&quot; is the best for phenyl or naphthyl group-72-200928579 (R_&quot; to R3&quot; in formula (b_l), any two can be bonded to each other. And in the case of forming a ring together with the sulfur atom in the formula, it is preferable to form a 3~1 member ring containing a sulfur atom, and it is more preferable to form a ring having a 5 to 7 member ring. In the case of R1&quot; to R3" in the formula (b-1), any two of them may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom in the formula, and the remaining one is preferably an aryl group. The base is, for example, the same as the aryl group of the above R1&quot; to R3&quot;R4&quot; is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, or a linear, branched or cyclic fluorinated alkyl group. The linear or branched alkyl group is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 8, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 4. The cyclic alkyl group is a ring group represented by the above R1 &quot;, preferably having a carbon number of 4 to 15, preferably 4 to 10 carbon atoms, and most preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 10 Å. good. The fluorinated alkyl group is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 8 *-, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 4. Further, the fluorination ratio of the fluorinated alkyl group (the ratio of the fluorine atom in the alkyl group) is preferably from 1 〇 to 1 00%, more preferably from 50 to 100%, particularly in the case where all hydrogen atoms are replaced by fluorine atoms. Those having a fluorinated alkyl group (perfluoroalkyl group) are more preferred because their acid strength is stronger. R4&quot; is preferably a linear or cyclic alkyl group or a linear, branched or cyclic fluorinated alkyl group. In the formula (b-2), R5&quot; and R6&quot; are each independently an aryl group or an alkyl group; -73-200928579 at least one of R5'' and R6&quot; is an aryl group, and R5&quot; and R6&quot; The base is the best. The aryl group of R5" and R6" is, for example, the same as the aryl group of R1&quot; to R3&quot;. _ R5&quot; and R6&quot;'s base, for example, the same as R1&quot; to R3&quot;. Among them, R5&quot; and R6'' are all phenyl groups. Q is the same as R4' in (b-2) and R4&quot; in (b-1). Specific examples of the key salt acid generators represented by the formulae (b-1) and (b-2) are, for example, diphenyliodide trifluoromethanesulfonate or nonafluorobutanesulfonate, bis (4-tert) -butylphenyl) iodine trifluoromethanesulfonate or nonafluorobutane sulfonate, triphenylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate , tris(4-methylphenyl)phosphonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, dimethyl hydrazine (4-hydroxynaphthyl) fluorene trifluoromethane a sulfonate, a heptafluoropropane sulfonate or a nonafluorobutane sulfonate thereof, a triphenylmethanesulfonate of monophenyldimethylhydrazine, a heptafluoropropane sulfonate or a nonafluorobutane sulfonate thereof, Phenyl monomethyl* fluorene trifluoromethane sulfonate, heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, (4-methylphenyl) diphenyl sulfonium trifluoromethane sulfonate, Its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, (4-methoxyphenyl)diphenylphosphonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate Three (4 Tert-butyl)trifluoromethanesulfonate, heptafluoropropanesulfonate or its nonafluorobutanesulfonate, diphenyl-74-200928579 (1 -(4-methoxy)naphthyl) a trifluoromethanesulfonate, a heptafluoropropanesulfonate or a nonafluorobutanesulfonate thereof, a trifluoromethanesulfonate of bis(1-naphthyl)phenylhydrazine, or a heptafluoropropanesulfonate thereof Nonafluorobutane sulfonate, 1-phenyltetrahydrothiophene key trifluoromethane sulfonate, heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, 1-(4-methylphenyl) four Hydrothienyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, 1-(3,5-dimethyl-4-tetrahydroxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiophene φ III Fluoromethanesulfonate, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, 1-(4-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene iron trifluoromethanesulfonate, and heptafluoropropane sulfonic acid Ester or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, 1-(4-ethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene-trifluoromethanesulfonate, heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutanesulfonic acid Ester, 1 (4-η-butoxynaphthalene-1-1-yl)tetrahydrothiophene-trifluoromethanesulfonate, heptafluoropropanesulfonate or its nonafluorobutanesulfonate, 1-phenylthiolanate Fluoromethanesulfonate, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate of 1-(4 φ-hydroxyphenyl)tetrahydrothiopyran, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or Its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, 1-(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl*-yl)tetrahydrothiocarbamate trifluoromethanesulfonate, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or Oxybutane sulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate of 1-(4-methylphenyl)tetrahydrothiopyran, its heptafluoropropane sulfonate or its nonafluorobutane sulfonate, etc. The anion portion of the gun salt is replaced by a methanesulfonate, η-propanesulfonate, η-butanesulfonate or η-octanesulfonate-75-200928579. Further, the above formula ( In the b-1) or (b_2), the anion moiety may be a key salt acid generator obtained by substituting an anion moiety represented by the following formula (b-3) or (b-4) (the cation moiety and the above formula ( b - 1) or ( b - 2) Same). [化4 3]

〇 02S—Y&quot; / &quot;N …(b-4) O^S—Z&quot; 〔式中,X&quot;爲至少1個氫原子被氟原子取代之碳數2 〜6之伸烷基;Y”、Z”各自獨立爲至少1個氫原子被氟原 子取代之碳數1〜10之烷基〕。 X&quot;爲至少1個氫原子被氟原子取代之直鏈狀或支鏈狀 伸烷基,該伸烷基之碳數較佳爲2〜6,更佳爲碳數3〜5 ,最佳爲碳數3。 Y”、Z&quot;各自獨立爲至少1個氫原子被氟原子取代之直 鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基,該烷基之碳數較佳爲1〜10,更佳爲 碳數1〜7,最佳爲碳數1〜3。 X&quot;之伸烷基之碳數或Y&quot;、Z&quot;之烷基的碳數於上述範 圍內時,基於對光阻溶劑具有優良溶解性等理由,以越小 越好。 又,X&quot;之伸烷基或Υ&quot;、ζ&quot;之烷基中’被氟原子取代 之氫原子數越多時,酸之強度越強,又,相對於200nrn 以下之高能量光線或電子線時,以其可提闻透明性而爲較 佳。該伸烷基或烷基中之氟原子之比例,即氟化率,較佳 -76- 200928579 爲70〜100%,更佳爲90〜100%,最佳爲全部氫原子被氟 原子取代之全氟伸烷基或全氟烷基。 又,亦可使用具有下述通式(b_5)或(b— 6)所表 示之陽離子部之毓鹽作爲鎗鹽系酸產生劑使用。 【化4 4】〇02S—Y&quot; / &quot;N ...(b-4) O^S—Z&quot; [wherein, X&quot; is an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms substituted with at least one hydrogen atom replaced by a fluorine atom; Y" And Z" are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a fluorine atom. X&quot; is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a fluorine atom, and the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 2 to 6, more preferably from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, most preferably Carbon number 3. Y", Z&quot; each independently is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a fluorine atom, and the alkyl group preferably has a carbon number of from 1 to 10, more preferably a carbon number of from 1 to 7. The carbon number is preferably from 1 to 3. The carbon number of the alkyl group of X&quot; or the carbon number of the alkyl group of Y&quot;, Z&quot; is in the above range, based on the reason of excellent solubility to the photoresist solvent, etc. The smaller the better, the more the number of hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group of X&quot; or the alkyl group of Υ&quot;, ζ&quot; is replaced by a fluorine atom, the stronger the strength of the acid, and the higher the energy below 200nrn. When the light or the electron beam is used, it is preferable to improve the transparency. The proportion of the fluorine atom in the alkyl group or the alkyl group, that is, the fluorination rate, is preferably -70 to 200928579, 70 to 100%, more Preferably, it is 90 to 100%, preferably a perfluoroalkylene group or a perfluoroalkyl group in which all hydrogen atoms are replaced by a fluorine atom. Further, it may be represented by the following formula (b_5) or (b-6). The sulfonium salt of the cation portion is used as a gun salt acid generator.

(b-5) (b-6) 〔式中,R41〜R46爲各自獨立之烷基、乙醯基、烷氧 基、羧基、羥基或羥烷基;爲各自獨立之〇〜3之 整數,n6爲0〜2之整數〕。 通式(b—5)及(b— 6)中’ R41〜R46係與前述通式 (b· — 5)及(b1— 6)中之R41〜R46爲相同之內容。 R41〜R46所附加之符號〜n6爲2以上之整數時’ 該複數之R41〜R46各自可爲相同或相異皆可。 m較佳爲〇〜2’更佳爲0或1’最佳爲0。 112及113,較佳爲各自獨立之〇或1’更佳爲 n4較佳爲〇〜2,更佳爲0或1。 n5較佳爲〇或1,更佳爲〇。 n6較佳爲〇或1 ’更佳爲1。 -77- 200928579 具有式(b — 5)或(b_6)所表示之陽離子部之毓鹽 的陰離子部,並未有特別限定,其可使用與目前提案作爲 鑰鹽系酸產生劑之陰離子部爲相同之陰離子部。該陰離子 部,例如上述通式(b_l)或(b— 2)所表示之鑰鹽系酸 _ 產生劑之陰離子部(R4&quot;S03_)等氟化烷基磺酸離子;上 述通式(b — 3)或(b- 4)所表示之陰離子部等。其中, 又以氟化烷基磺酸離子爲佳,以碳數1〜4之氟化烷基磺 H 酸離子爲更佳,以碳數1〜4之直鏈狀之全氟烷基磺酸離 子爲最佳。具體例如三氟甲基磺酸離子、七氟-n_丙基 磺酸離子、九氟_n_ 丁基磺酸離子等。 本說明書中,肟磺酸酯系酸產生劑例如至少具有1個 下述通式(B — 1)所示之基之化合物,其具有經由放射線 照射可產生酸之特性。前述肟磺酸酯系酸產生劑,常用於 化學增幅型正型光阻組成物使用,本發明可任意進行選擇 使用。 ❹ 【化4 5】 —C=N—Ο—S02——R31 R32 · · · (B- 1) ' 〔式(B—1)中,R31、R32各自獨立爲有機基〕。 R31、R32之有機基爲含有碳原子之基,但其亦可含有 碳原子以外之原子(例如氫原子、氧原子、氮原子、硫原 子、鹵素原子(氟原子、氯原子等)等)。 R31之有機基’以直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀烷基或芳基 爲佳。前述烷基、芳基可具有取代基。該取代基並未有任 -78- 200928579 何限制,例如可爲氟原子、碳數1〜6之直鏈狀、支鏈狀 或環狀烷基等。其中,「具有取代基」係指烷基或芳基之 氫原子中至少1個被取代基所取代之意。 烷基以碳數1〜20爲佳,以碳數1〜1〇爲較佳,以碳 • 數1〜8爲更佳,以碳數1〜6爲最佳,以碳數1〜4爲特 佳。其中,烷基,特別是以部份或完全被鹵化所得之烷基 (以下,亦稱爲鹵化烷基)爲佳。又,部份鹵化之烷基, ^ 係指氫原子之一部份被鹵素原子所取代之院基,完全鹵化 之烷基,係指氫原子全部被鹵素原子所取代之烷基之意。 前述鹵素原子,例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等 ,特別是以氟原子爲佳。即,鹵化烷基以氟化烷基爲佳。 芳基以碳數4〜20者爲佳,以碳數4〜10者爲較佳, 以碳數6〜10者爲更佳。芳基特別是以部份或全部被鹵化 所得之芳基爲佳。又,部份鹵化之芳基,係指氫原子之一 部份被鹵素原子所取代之芳基,完全鹵化之芳基,係指氫 〇 原子全部被鹵素原子所取代之芳基之意。 R31特別是以不具有取代基之碳數1〜4之烷基,或碳 .數1〜4之氟化院基爲佳。 • R32之有機基,以直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀烷基、芳基 或氰基爲佳。R32之烷基、芳基,例如與前述R31所列舉 之烷基、芳基爲相同之內容。 R32特別是爲氰基、不具有取代基之碳數1〜8之烷基 ,或碳數1〜8之氟化烷基爲佳。 肟磺酸酯系酸產生劑,更佳者例如下述通式(B - 2) -79- 200928579 或(B — 3)所示化合物等。 【化4 6】 R34—C=N—Ο——S02——R35 -C=l R33 (B-2) - 〔式(B_2)中’ R33爲氰基、不具有取代基之院基 . 或鹵化烷基;R34爲芳基;R35爲不具有取代基之院基或 鹵化烷基〕。 © 【化4 7】 R37--C=N——Ο——S02——R38 R36 &quot; - J P · . . (B — 3) 〔式(B_3)中,R36爲氰基、不具有取代基之院基 或鹵化烷基;R37爲2或3價之芳香族烴基;R38爲不具 有取代基之烷基或鹵化烷基,P”爲2或3〕。 前述式(B— 2)中,R33之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵 化烷基,以碳數1〜1 〇爲佳,以碳數1〜8爲更佳,以碳 數1〜6爲最佳。 R33以鹵化烷基爲佳,又以氟化烷基爲更佳。 R3 3中之氟化烷基,其烷基中氫原子以5 0%以上被氟 化者爲佳,更佳爲70%以上’又以90%以上被氟化者爲最 佳。 R34之芳基,例如苯基或聯苯基(biphenyl )、芴基 (fluorenyl )、萘基、蒽基(anthryl )、菲基等之芳香族 烴之環去除1個氫原子之基’及構成前述基之環的碳原子 -80- 200928579 之一部份被氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等雜原子取代所得之 雜芳基等。其中又以芴基爲更佳。 R34之芳基,可具有碳數1〜1〇之烷基、鹵化烷基、 烷氧基等取代基亦可。該取代基中之烷基或鹵化烷基’以 _ 碳數1〜8爲佳,以碳數1〜4爲更佳。又,該鹵化烷基以 氟化院基爲更佳。 R35之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵化烷基,以碳數1〜 ❹ 10爲佳,以碳數1〜8爲更佳,以碳數1〜6爲最佳。 R35以鹵化烷基爲佳,以氟化烷基爲更佳。 R35中之氟化烷基,其烷基之氫原子以50 %以上被氟 化者爲佳,更佳爲70%以上,又以90%以上被氟化時’可 提高所產生之酸而爲更佳。最佳者則爲氫原子1〇〇%被氟 取代之全氟化烷基。 前述式(B_3)中,R36之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵 化烷基,例如與上述R33所示之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵 G 化烷基爲相同之內容。 R37之2或3價之芳香族烴基,例如由上述R34之芳 *· 基中再去除1或2個氫原子所得之基等。 • R38之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵化烷基,例如與上述 R3 5所示之不具有取代基之烷基或鹵化烷基爲相同之內容 〇 p&quot;較佳爲2。 肟磺酸酯系酸產生劑之具體例,如α — (p-甲苯磺 醯氧亞胺基)一苄基氰化物(cyanide )' α — ( ρ —氯基 -81 - 200928579 苯磺醯氧亞胺基)-苄基氰化物、α -(4一硝基苯磺醯 氧亞胺基)_苄基氰化物、(4 -硝基一 2-三氟甲基 苯磺醯氧亞胺基)-苄基氰化物、〇: -(苯磺醯氧亞胺基 )_4 一氯基苄基氰化物、(苯磺醯氧亞胺基)_2,4 _ _二氯基苄基氰化物、α —(苯磺醯氧亞胺基)_2,6 - 二氯基苄基氰化物、α -(苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一 4 -甲氧 基苄基氰化物、α — (2—氯基苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一 4一甲 φ 氧基苄基氰化物、(苯磺醯氧亞胺基)—噻嗯—2 — 基乙腈、α —(4一十二烷基苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一苄基氰 化物、α —〔 (ρ-甲苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一 4一甲氧基苯基 〕乙腈、α — 〔(十二烷基苯磺醯氧亞胺基)_4 一甲氧 基苯基〕乙腈、α - (對甲苯磺醯氧亞胺基)一 4 —噻嗯 基氰化物、α — (甲基磺醯氧亞胺基)一 1 一環戊烯基乙 腈、α — (甲基磺醯氧亞胺基)_1_環己烯基乙腈、a 一(甲基磺醯氧亞胺基)一1_環庚烯基乙腈、(甲 〇 基磺醯氧亞胺基)-1—環辛烯基乙腈、(三氟甲基 磺醯氧亞胺基)一 1一環戊烯基乙腈、α —(三氟甲基磺 *· 醯氧亞胺基)一環己基乙腈、α —(乙基磺醯氧亞胺基) • _乙基乙腈、(丙基磺醯氧亞胺基)一丙基乙腈、α -(環己基磺醯氧亞胺基)-環戊基乙腈、α-(環己基 磺醯氧亞胺基)-環己基乙腈、α -(環己基磺醯氧亞胺 基)-1一環戊烯基乙腈、α —(乙基磺醯氧亞胺基)_1 一環戊烯基乙腈、α -(異丙基磺醯氧亞胺基)一 1 一環 戊烯基乙腈、α —(H- 丁基磺醯氧亞胺基)一 1 一環戊烯 -82- 200928579 基乙腈、α — (乙基磺醯氧亞胺基)—1 一環己烯基乙腈 、α —(異丙基磺醯氧亞胺基)一1_環己烯基乙腈、α —(η — 丁基磺醯氧亞胺基)一1一環己烯基乙腈、α —( 甲基磺醢氧亞胺基)一苯基乙腈、(甲基磺醯氧亞胺 基)一Ρ—甲氧基苯基乙腈、α-(三氟甲基磺醯氧亞胺 基)一苯基乙腈、α —(三氟甲基磺醯氧亞胺基)一Ρ-甲氧基苯基乙腈、α -(乙基磺酿氧亞胺基)一 ρ_甲氧 基苯基乙腈、α—(丙基磺醯氧亞胺基)-Ρ—甲基苯基 乙腈、α —(甲基磺醯氧亞胺基)—Ρ—溴基苯基乙腈等 又,特開平9 一 208554號公報(段落〔〇〇12〕至〔 0014〕之〔化18〕至〔化19〕)所揭示之目弓橫酸酯系酸 產生劑,W02004/074242A2(65 〜85 頁之 Example 1 〜 40)所揭示之肟磺酸酯系酸產生劑亦可配合需要使用。 又,較適當者例如下述所示之化合物等。 Ο 【化4 8】(b-5) (b-6) wherein R41 to R46 are each independently an alkyl group, an ethyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group or a hydroxyalkyl group; N6 is an integer of 0 to 2]. In the general formulae (b-5) and (b-6), R41 to R46 are the same as those of R41 to R46 in the above formulae (b·5) and (b1-6). When the symbols ~n6 to R41 to R46 are integers of 2 or more, the respective R41 to R46 of the plural number may be the same or different. m is preferably 〇~2' more preferably 0 or 1' is preferably 0. 112 and 113, preferably independent of each other or 1' more preferably n4 is preferably 〇 〜 2, more preferably 0 or 1. N5 is preferably 〇 or 1, more preferably 〇. N6 is preferably 〇 or 1' is more preferably 1. -77-200928579 The anion portion having a sulfonium salt of the cation portion represented by the formula (b-5) or (b_6) is not particularly limited, and an anion portion which is currently proposed as a key salt acid generator can be used. The same anion part. The anion moiety is, for example, a fluorinated alkylsulfonate ion such as an anion moiety (R4 &quot;S03_) of a key salt acid generator represented by the above formula (b-1) or (b-2); 3) or an anion portion represented by (b-4). Among them, a fluorinated alkylsulfonic acid ion is preferred, and a fluorinated alkylsulfonic acid H ion having a carbon number of 1 to 4 is more preferred, and a linear perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having a carbon number of 1 to 4 is used. The ions are optimal. Specific examples include a trifluoromethanesulfonate ion, a heptafluoro-n-propylsulfonate ion, a nonafluoro-n-butylsulfonate ion, and the like. In the present specification, the oxime sulfonate-based acid generator has, for example, a compound having at least one group represented by the following formula (B-1), which has a property of generating an acid by radiation irradiation. The above-mentioned oxime sulfonate-based acid generator is generally used for a chemically amplified positive-type photoresist composition, and the present invention can be optionally used. ❹ [Chemical 4 5] —C=N—Ο—S02—R31 R32 · · · (B-1) 'In the formula (B-1), R31 and R32 are each independently an organic group. The organic group of R31 and R32 is a group containing a carbon atom, but it may contain an atom other than a carbon atom (e.g., a hydrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, etc.)). The organic group of R31 is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl or aryl group. The aforementioned alkyl group or aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not limited to any -78 to 200928579, and may be, for example, a fluorine atom, a linear one having a carbon number of 1 to 6, a branched chain or a cyclic alkyl group. Here, the "having a substituent" means that at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group or the aryl group is substituted with a substituent. The alkyl group is preferably a carbon number of from 1 to 20, preferably a carbon number of from 1 to 1 Torr, more preferably a carbon number of from 1 to 8, more preferably a carbon number of from 1 to 6, and a carbon number of from 1 to 4. Very good. Among them, the alkyl group is particularly preferably an alkyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as a halogenated alkyl group) obtained by partial or complete halogenation. Further, a partially halogenated alkyl group, ^ means a group in which a part of a hydrogen atom is replaced by a halogen atom, and a completely halogenated alkyl group means an alkyl group in which a hydrogen atom is entirely substituted by a halogen atom. The halogen atom, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom or the like, is preferably a fluorine atom. That is, the halogenated alkyl group is preferably a fluorinated alkyl group. The aryl group is preferably a carbon number of 4 to 20, preferably a carbon number of 4 to 10, and more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 10. The aryl group is particularly preferably an aryl group obtained by partially or completely halogenating. Further, a partially halogenated aryl group means an aryl group in which a part of a hydrogen atom is substituted by a halogen atom, and an aryl group which is completely halogenated means an aryl group in which a hydrogen atom is completely substituted by a halogen atom. R31 is particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which does not have a substituent, or a fluorinated group having a carbon number of 1 to 4. • The organic group of R32, preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl, aryl or cyano group. The alkyl group or the aryl group of R32 is, for example, the same as the alkyl group or the aryl group exemplified in the above R31. R32 is particularly preferably a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms which does not have a substituent, or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The oxime sulfonate-based acid generator is more preferably, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (B-2)-79-200928579 or (B-3). [Chem. 4 6] R34—C=N—Ο—S02—R35 —C=l R33 (B-2) − [In the formula (B_2), R33 is a cyano group, and has no substituents. Halogenated alkyl; R34 is aryl; R35 is a pendant or halogenated alkyl group having no substituent. © [Chem. 4 7] R37--C=N——Ο——S02——R38 R36 &quot; - JP · . . (B-3) [In the formula (B_3), R36 is a cyano group and has no substituent. Or a halogenated alkyl group; R37 is a 2 or 3 valent aromatic hydrocarbon group; R38 is an alkyl group having no substituent or a halogenated alkyl group, and P" is 2 or 3]. In the above formula (B-2), The alkyl group or the halogenated alkyl group having no substituent of R33 is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 1 Torr, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 8, and most preferably a carbon number of 1 to 6. Preferably, the fluorinated alkyl group is more preferably. The fluorinated alkyl group in R3 3 is preferably a fluorine atom in the alkyl group which is fluorinated at 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more and 90%. The above is best fluorinated. R34 aryl group, such as phenyl or biphenyl, fluorenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, phenanthryl and other aromatic hydrocarbon ring removal a group of one hydrogen atom and a carbon atom of the ring constituting the aforementioned group -80-200928579 a heteroaryl group obtained by substituting a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom, etc. More preferably. R34 aryl group, which may have a carbon number A substituent such as an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group or an alkoxy group of 1 to 1 fluorene may be used. The alkyl group or the halogenated alkyl group in the substituent is preferably _ carbon number 1 to 8, and carbon number 1 to 4 is Further, the halogenated alkyl group is more preferably a fluorinated group. The alkyl group or the halogenated alkyl group having no substituent of R35 is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 10, and a carbon number of 1 to 8. Preferably, the carbon number is preferably from 1 to 6. R35 is preferably a halogenated alkyl group, more preferably a fluorinated alkyl group. The fluorinated alkyl group in R35 is fluorinated with a hydrogen atom of an alkyl group of 50% or more. Preferably, it is more preferably 70% or more, and when 90% or more is fluorinated, it is more preferable to increase the acid produced. The best one is a perfluorination in which 1% by mole of hydrogen atoms are replaced by fluorine. In the above formula (B-3), the alkyl group or the halogenated alkyl group having no substituent of R36 is, for example, the same as the alkyl group having no substituent or the halogenated G alkyl group represented by the above R33. The 2 or 3 valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, a group obtained by further removing 1 or 2 hydrogen atoms from the aryl group of the above R34, etc. • an alkyl group having no substituent or a halogenated alkyl group of R38, for example, As shown in the above R3 5 The alkyl group or the halogenated alkyl group having no substituent is the same content 〇p&quot; preferably 2. Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate-based acid generator, such as α-(p-toluenesulfonyloxyimino) Benzyl cyanide 'α — ( ρ -chloro-81 - 200928579 phenylsulfonyloxyimido)-benzyl cyanide, α-(4-nitrophenylsulfonyloxyimido)_ Benzyl cyanide, (4-nitro- 2-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyloxyimido)-benzyl cyanide, hydrazine: -(phenylsulfonyloxyimino)_4 monochlorobenzyl cyanide Compound, (phenylsulfonyloxyimido)_2,4 _ _dichlorobenzyl cyanide, α-(phenylsulfonyloxyimino)_2,6-dichlorobenzyl cyanide, α -( Phenylsulfonyloxyimido)-4-methoxybenzyl cyanide, α-(2-chlorophenylsulfonyloxyimino)-1,4-methylsulfonylbenzyl cyanide, (phenylsulfonate) Oxyimido)-thiazol-2-ylacetonitrile, α-(4-dodecylbenzenesulfonyloxyimino)-benzyl cyanide, α-[(ρ-toluenesulfonyloxyimido) ) 4-1,4-methoxyphenyl]acetonitrile, α-[(dodecylbenzenesulfonyloxy) Imino)) 4-methoxyphenyl]acetonitrile, α-(p-toluenesulfonyloxyimido)-4-yl-cyanide, α-(methylsulfonyloxyimino)-1 ring Pentenyl acetonitrile, α-(methylsulfonyloxyimido)_1_cyclohexenylacetonitrile, a-(methylsulfonyloxyimino)- 1 -cycloheptenylacetonitrile, (methyl sulfhydryl) Sulfomethoxyimido)-1 -cyclooctenylacetonitrile, (trifluoromethylsulfonyloxyimido)-1-cyclopentenylacetonitrile, α-(trifluoromethylsulfonyl) -cyclohexylacetonitrile, α-(ethylsulfonyloxyimido) • _ethylacetonitrile, (propylsulfonyloxyimino)-propyl acetonitrile, α-(cyclohexylsulfonyloxyimido) )-cyclopentylacetonitrile, α-(cyclohexylsulfonyloxyimino)-cyclohexylacetonitrile, α-(cyclohexylsulfonyloxyimino)-1-cyclopentenylacetonitrile, α-(ethylsulfonate)醯Ominoimido)_1-cyclopentenylacetonitrile, α-(isopropylsulfonyloxyimino)-1,4-cyclopentenylacetonitrile, α-(H-butylsulfonyloxyimino)-1 Cyclopentene-82- 200928579 based acetonitrile, α — ( Alkylsulfonyloxyimido)-1 monocyclohexenylacetonitrile, α-(isopropylsulfonyloxyimino)-1-cyclohexenylacetonitrile, α-(η-butylsulfonyloxyimine (1)-cyclohexenylacetonitrile, α-(methylsulfonyloxyimido)-phenylacetonitrile, (methylsulfonyloxyimido)-fluorenyl-methoxyphenylacetonitrile, α-( Trifluoromethylsulfonyloxyimido)-phenylacetonitrile, α-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxyimido)-fluorenyl-methoxyphenylacetonitrile, α-(ethylsulfonic acid imine a) p-methoxyphenylacetonitrile, α-(propylsulfonyloxyimido)-indole-methylphenylacetonitrile, α-(methylsulfonyloxyimino)-hydrazine-bromo Further, the phenylacetonitrile acid generator disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-208554 (paragraphs [〇〇12] to [0014] [Chem. 18] to [Chem. 19]), W02004/ The sulfonate-based acid generator disclosed in 074242A2 (Examples 1 to 40 on pages 65 to 85) may also be used in combination. Further, for example, a compound shown below or the like is suitable. Ο 【化4 8】

H3C—C=N—0S02-(CH2)3CH3 H3C—C=N—-0S02-(CH2)3CH3H3C—C=N—0S02-(CH2)3CH3 H3C—C=N—-0S02-(CH2)3CH3

C-=N—〇—S〇2一 (CF2)6-HC-=N—〇—S〇2—(CF2)6-H

C=N—〇—S〇2—C4p9 {CF2)4-H 重氮甲垸系酸產生劑中,雙院基或雙芳㈣__ 甲院類之具體例,如雙(異两基擴酿基)重氮甲院雙 -83- 200928579 P-甲苯磺醯基)重氮甲烷、雙(1,1 一二甲基乙基磺醯基 )重氮甲烷、雙(環己基磺醯基)重氮甲烷、雙(2,4-二甲基苯基磺醯基)重氮甲烷等。 又,亦適合使用特開平丨1—035551號公報、特開平 11— 035552號公報、特開平11— 035573號公報所揭示之 重氮甲烷系酸產生劑。 又,聚(雙磺醯基)重氮甲烷類’例如特開平11-q 322707號公報所揭示之1,3 —雙(苯基磺醯基重氮甲基磺 醯基)丙烷、1,4_雙(苯基磺醯基重氮甲基磺醯基)丁 烷、1,6 -雙(苯基磺醯基重氮甲基磺醯基)己烷、1,10 -雙(苯基磺醯基重氮甲基磺醯基)癸烷、1,2 —雙(環 己基磺醯基重氮甲基磺醯基)乙烷、1,3 -雙(環己基磺 醯基重氮甲基磺醯基)丙烷、1,6—雙(環己基磺醯基重 氮甲基磺醯基)己烷、1,1〇_雙(環已基磺醯基重氮甲基 磺醯基)癸烷等。 φ (B2)成份可單獨使用1種前述酸產生劑,或將2種 以上組合使用亦可。 ·* 添加(B2 )成份之情形時,(B )成份中(B2 )成份 - 之比例,相對於(B )成份之總質量,以1 0〜99質量%爲 佳,以25〜95質量%爲更佳,以5 0〜95質量%爲最佳。 (B2)成份之比例於上述範圍内時,可得到與(B1)成 份之平衡性,且可提高微影蝕刻特性。 本發明之光阻組成物中,(B)成份之含量,對(A )成份1〇〇質量份爲使用0.5〜30質量份,較佳爲使用1 -84- 200928579 〜20質量份。於上述範圍時,可充分形成圖型。 到均勻之溶液,與良好之保存安定性。 &lt;任意成份&gt; _ 本發明之光阻組成物中,爲提昇光阻圖型形狀 安定性(post expo sure stability of the latent formed by the pattern — wise exposure of the resis φ )時,可再添加任意成份之含氮有機化合物(D) 亦稱爲(D )成份)。 此(D)成份,目前已有多種化合物之提案, 使用公知之任意成份,其中又以脂肪族胺、特別是 肪族胺或三級脂肪族胺爲佳。其中,脂肪族胺,爲 個以上之脂肪族基之胺,該脂肪族基以碳數1〜12 〇 脂肪族胺,例如氨nh3中之至少1個氫原子 Ο 12以下之烷基或羥烷基取代所得之胺(烷基胺或 )或環式胺等。 烷基胺與烷醇胺之具體例如η-己基胺、n_ • 、η —辛基胺、n -壬基胺、n —癸基胺等單烷基胺 基胺、二一 η_丙基胺、二—η—庚基胺、二_η — 、二環己基胺等二烷基胺;三甲基胺、三乙基胺、 一丙基胺、三一 η— 丁基胺、三—η —己基胺、三-基胺、三—η_庚基胺、三_η —辛基胺、三—η_ 、三~η —癸基胺、三一 η_十二烷基胺等三烷基胺 且可得 、保存 image it layer (以下 其亦可 二級脂 具有1 者爲佳 被碳數 烷醇胺 庚基胺 :二乙 辛基胺 三一 η η —戊 壬基胺 :二乙 -85- 200928579 醇胺、三乙醇胺、二異丙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、二一n—辛 醇胺、三—η -辛醇胺等烷醇胺。其中又以碳數5〜10之 烷基鍵結3個氮原子之三烷基胺爲佳,以三- η_戊基胺 爲最佳。 , 環式胺,例如含有作爲雜原子之氮原子的雜環化合物 等。該雜環化合物,可爲單環式之化合物(脂肪族單環式 胺),或多環式之化合物(脂肪族多環式胺)亦可。 φ 脂肪族單環式胺,具體而言,例如哌啶、哌嗪( piperazine )等 ° 脂肪族多環式胺,以碳數6〜10者爲佳,具體而言, 例如1,5-二氮雜二環〔4.3.0〕一5 —壬烯、1,8 —二氮雜 二環〔5.4.0〕— 7 —十一碳烯、六伸甲基四胺、1,4 —二氮 雜二環〔2.2.2〕辛烷等。 其可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用皆可。 (D)成份對(A)成份100質量份,一般爲使用 〇 〇.〇1〜5.0質量份之範圍。 本發明之光阻組成物,爲防止感度劣化(Deterioration *- in sensitivity),或提昇光阻圖型形狀、保存安定性( • post exposure stability of the latent image formed by the pattern — wise exposure of the resist layer )等目的上,可 再含有任意成份之有機羧酸與磷之含氧酸及其衍生物所成 之群所選出之至少1種化合物(E)(以下亦稱爲(E) 成份)。 有機羧酸,例如乙酸、丙二酸、檸檬酸、蘋果酸、琥 -86- 200928579 珀酸、苯甲酸、水楊酸等爲佳。 憐之含氧酸,例如磷酸、膦酸(Phosphonic acid)、 次膦酸(Phosphinicacid)等,其中又以膦酸爲佳。 磷酸之含氧酸衍生物,例如前述含氧酸之氫原子被烴 _ 基取代所得之酯基等,前述烴基,例如碳數1〜5之烷基 ,碳數6〜15之芳基等。 磷酸衍生物例如磷酸二- η- 丁酯、磷酸二苯酯等磷 © 酸酯等。 膦酸(Phosphonic acid )衍生物例如膦酸二甲酯、膦 酸—二一 n_ 丁酯、苯基膦酸、膦酸二苯酯、膦酸二苄酯 等膦酸酯等。 次膦酸(Phosphinic acid )衍生物例如,苯基次膦酸 等次膦酸酯。 (E)成份可單獨使用1種,或將2種以上合倂使用 亦可。 〇 (E)成份,以有機羧酸較佳,特別佳爲水楊酸。 (E )成份對(A )成份1 〇〇質量份而言,一般爲使 用〇 · 〇 1〜5.0質量份之比例。 • 本發明之光阻組成物,可再配合需要適當添加具有混 合性之添加劑,例如可改良光阻膜性能之加成樹脂,提昇 塗覆性之界面活性劑、溶解抑制劑、可塑劑、安定劑、著 色劑、光暈防止劑、染料等。 &lt;有機溶劑(S ) &gt; -87- 200928579 本發明之光阻組成物,可將材料溶解於有機溶劑(s )(以下亦稱爲(S)成份)之方式製造。 (S)成份,只要可溶解所使用之各成份而形成均勻 之溶液即可,例如可由以往作爲化學增幅型光阻溶劑之公 知溶劑中,適當的選擇1種或2種以上使用。 例如r - 丁內酯等內酯類,丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環己 酮、甲基一η —戊酮、甲基異戊酮、2 —庚酮等酮類:乙二 0 醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇等多元醇類;乙二醇單 乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙酸酯、或二丙二 醇單乙酸酯等具有酯鍵結之化合物;前述多元醇類或前述 具有酯鍵結之化合物的單甲基醚、單乙基醚、單丙基醚、 單丁基醚等單烷基醚或單苯基醚等具有醚鍵結之化合物等 之多元醇類之衍生物〔其中,又以丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯 (PGMEA )、丙二醇單甲基醚(PGME )爲佳〕;二噁烷 等環狀醚類;或乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯(EL)、乙酸甲酯 〇 、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、甲氧 基丙酸甲酯、乙氧基丙酸乙酯等酯類;苯甲醚、乙基苄基 醚、甲酚甲基醚、二苯基醚、二苄基醚、苯乙醚、丁基苯 . 基醚、乙基苯、二乙基苯、戊基苯、異丙基苯、甲苯、二 甲苯、異丙基苯、三甲基苯等芳香族系有機溶劑等。 前述有機溶劑可單獨使用,或以2種以上之混合溶劑 形式使用亦可。 又,其中又以使用由丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯( PGMEA )與丙二醇單甲基醚(PGME)、乳酸乙酯(EL) -88 - 200928579 爲佳。 又,亦可使用PGMEA與極性溶齊[ 劑。其添加比(質量比)可依PGMEA 性等作適當之決定即可,較佳爲1 : 9 :8至8 : 2之範圍。 更具體而言,極性溶劑爲使用乳I PGMEA : EL之質量比較佳爲1 : 9至 ❹ 至8 : 2。極性溶劑爲使用PGME時, 質量比較佳爲1:9至9: 1,更佳爲1 爲 3 : 7 至 7 : 3。 又,(S )成份中,其他例如使用E 選出之至少1種與r - 丁內酯所得混合 混合比例中,前者與後者之質量比較佳 〇 (S)成份之使用量並未有特別限 Q 佈於基板等之濃度,塗膜厚度等作適當 可於光阻組成物中之固體成份濃度爲2 爲5〜15質量%之範圍下使用。 《光阻圖型之形成方法》 本發明之光阻圖型之形成方法,爲 明之光阻組成物於支撐體上形成光阻膜 阻膜曝光之步驟、使前述光阻膜顯影以 驟。 丨混合所得之混合溶 與極性溶劑之相溶 至9 : 1,更佳爲2 酸乙酯(EL )時, 9 : 1,更佳爲2 : 8 PGMEA: PGME 之 :8至8 : 2,最佳 白PGMEA與EL中 溶劑爲佳。此時, 爲 70: 30〜95: 5 定,一般可配合塗 的選擇設定,一般 〜2 0質量%,較佳 包含使用上述本發 之步驟、使前述光 形成光阻圖型之步 -89- 200928579 本發明之光阻圖型之形成方法,例如可依下述方式進 行。 即,首先,於支撐體上,將上述本發明之光阻組成物 使用旋轉塗佈器等進行塗佈後,於80〜150°C之溫度條件 . 下’進行40〜120秒鐘,較佳爲60〜90秒鐘之塗佈後燒 焙(post — apply bake ( PAB )),再利用 ArF 曝光裝置 ,使ArF準分子雷射光介由所期待之遮罩圖型進行選擇性 0 曝光後,再於80〜150 °C之溫度條件下,進行40〜120秒 鐘’較佳爲60〜90秒鐘之曝光後燒焙(Post exposure bake - PEB )。其次,將其使用鹼顯影液,例如〇. 1〜1 〇 質量%氫氧化四甲基銨(TM AH )水溶液進行顯影處理, 較佳爲使用純水進行洗滌後,乾燥。又,必要時,於上述 顯影處理後可進行燒焙處理(後燒焙)。如此,即可得到 忠實反應遮罩圖型之光阻圖型。 支撐體並未有特別限定,其可使用以往公知之物品, Ο 例如電子零件用之基板,或於其上形成特定配線圖型之物 品等。更具體而言,例如矽晶圓、銅、鉻、鐵、鋁等金屬 • 製之基板或’玻璃基板等。配線圖型之材料,例如可使用 • 銅、銘、鎳、金等。 又’支撐體’例如亦可於上述基板上,設置無機系及 /或有機系之膜。無機系之膜,例如無機抗反射膜(無機 BARC )等。有機系之膜,例如有機抗反射膜(有機 BARC)等。C=N—〇—S〇2—C4p9 {CF2)4-H Diazomethine acid generator, double-base or double-fang (4) __ A specific case of a hospital, such as double (iso-di-base expansion) Diazo A double-83- 200928579 P-toluenesulfonyl)diazomethane, bis(1,1-dimethylethylsulfonyl)diazomethane, bis(cyclohexylsulfonyl)diazo Methane, bis(2,4-dimethylphenylsulfonyl)diazomethane, and the like. Further, a diazomethane-based acid generator disclosed in JP-A-H05-035551, JP-A-11-035552, and JP-A-11-035573 is also suitable. Further, poly(disulfonyl)diazomethanes, such as 1,3 -bis(phenylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonyl)propane, 1, 4 disclosed in JP-A-11-q 322707 _Bis(phenylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonyl)butane, 1,6-bis(phenylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonyl)hexane, 1,10-bis(phenylsulfonate) Mercaptodiazepinesulfonyl)decane, 1,2-bis(cyclohexylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonyl)ethane, 1,3-bis(cyclohexylsulfonyldiazomethyl) Sulfhydryl)propane, 1,6-bis(cyclohexylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonyl)hexane, 1,1 〇 bis(cyclohexylsulfonyldiazomethylsulfonyl)hydrazine Alkane, etc. The φ (B2) component may be used alone or in combination of two or more. · When the (B2) component is added, the ratio of the component (B2) in the component (B) is preferably from 10 to 99% by mass, and from 25 to 95% by mass based on the total mass of the component (B). For better, the best is 50 to 95% by mass. When the ratio of the component (B2) is within the above range, the balance with the component (B1) can be obtained, and the lithographic etching property can be improved. In the photoresist composition of the present invention, the content of the component (B) is 0.5 to 30 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 84 to 200928579 to 20 parts by mass, per part by mass of the component (A). In the above range, the pattern can be sufficiently formed. To a homogeneous solution, with good preservation stability. &lt;arbitrary component&gt; _ In the photoresist composition of the present invention, when the post expo sure stability of the latent formed by the pattern — wise exposure of the resis φ , The nitrogen-containing organic compound (D) of any component is also referred to as (D) component). As the component (D), there have been proposals for various compounds, and any of the known components is used, and among them, an aliphatic amine, particularly an aliphatic amine or a tertiary aliphatic amine is preferred. Wherein, the aliphatic amine is an amine of more than one aliphatic group, and the aliphatic group is an aliphatic amine having a carbon number of 1 to 12 Å, for example, an alkyl group or a hydroxyalkane having at least one hydrogen atom of 氨 12 or less in the ammonia nh 3 . The resulting amine (alkylamine or) or cyclic amine is substituted. Specific alkylamines and alkanolamines such as η-hexylamine, n_•, η-octylamine, n-mercaptoamine, n-mercaptoamine, etc. monoalkylaminoamine, di-n-propylamine a dialkylamine such as di-n-heptylamine, di-n- or dicyclohexylamine; trimethylamine, triethylamine, monopropylamine, tris-n-butylamine, tri-n - trialkyl groups such as hexylamine, tris-amine, tri-n-heptylamine, tri-n-octylamine, tri-n-, tri-n-decylamine, tris-n-dodecylamine Amine and available image layer (the following may also be a secondary lipid having a carbon number of alkanolamine heptylamine: diethylene octylamine tri-n η-pentamethyleneamine: di- 85- 200928579 Alkanolamines such as alkanolamine, triethanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, di-n-octanolamine, tri-n-octanolamine, and carbon number 5~10 The alkyl group is preferably a trialkylamine having three nitrogen atoms, and is preferably a tri-n-pentylamine. A cyclic amine such as a heterocyclic compound containing a nitrogen atom as a hetero atom. a compound that can be a monocyclic compound (fat) Monocyclic amines, or polycyclic compounds (aliphatic polycyclic amines) may also be φ aliphatic monocyclic amines, specifically, for example, piperidine, piperazine, etc. The amine is preferably a carbon number of 6 to 10, specifically, for example, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4. 0] - 7 - undecene, hexamethylenetetramine, 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, etc. They may be used singly or in combination of two or more. D) 100 parts by mass of the component (A) component, generally in the range of 〇〇.〇1 to 5.0 parts by mass. The photoresist composition of the present invention is used to prevent deterioration (Deterioration *-in sensitivity) or to enhance light. An organic carboxylic acid and a phosphorus oxyacid having an optional composition and the like, and a post exposure stability of the latent image formed by the pattern — wise exposure of the resist layer At least one compound (E) selected from the group consisting of derivatives (hereinafter also referred to as (E) component). Such as acetic acid, malonic acid, citric acid, malic acid, amber -86- 200928579 peric acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, etc. Pity oxyacids, such as phosphoric acid, phosphonic acid (Phosphonic acid), phosphinic acid (Phosphinic acid), etc., which is preferably a phosphonic acid. An oxo acid derivative of phosphoric acid, for example, an ester group obtained by substituting a hydrogen atom of the above-mentioned oxo acid with a hydrocarbon group, and the like, for example, a carbon number of 1 to 5 An alkyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and the like. Phosphoric acid derivatives such as phosphoric acid such as di-n-butyl phosphate or diphenyl phosphate. Phosphonic acid derivatives such as dimethyl phosphonate, phosphonic acid-di-n-butyl ester, phenylphosphonic acid, diphenyl phosphonate, diphenyl phosphonate, and the like. Phosphinic acid derivatives such as phosphinates such as phenylphosphinic acid. (E) The components may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The component (E) is preferably an organic carboxylic acid, particularly preferably salicylic acid. The component (E) is usually used in an amount of from 1 to 5.0 parts by mass based on 1 part by mass of the component (A). • The photoresist composition of the present invention can be further blended with an additive which is suitable for mixing, for example, an additive resin which can improve the properties of the photoresist film, a surfactant for improving coating properties, a dissolution inhibitor, a plasticizer, and stability. Agents, colorants, halo inhibitors, dyes, and the like. &lt;Organic solvent (S) &gt; -87- 200928579 The photoresist composition of the present invention can be produced by dissolving a material in an organic solvent (s) (hereinafter also referred to as (S) component). The component (S) can be used as long as it can dissolve the components to be used in a uniform manner. For example, one or two or more kinds of the above-mentioned conventional solvents can be used as the chemically amplified resist solvent. For example, lactones such as r-butyrolactone, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methyl-n-pentanone, methyl isoamyl ketone, and 2-heptanone: ethanediol, Polyols such as diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol; ethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monoacetate, or dipropylene glycol monoacetate, etc. a compound; a polyether or a monoalkyl ether or a monophenyl ether such as monomethyl ether, monoethyl ether, monopropyl ether or monobutyl ether having an ester-bonded compound; a derivative of a polyol such as a compound (wherein, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) is preferred); a cyclic ether such as dioxane; or a lactate Ester, ethyl lactate (EL), methyl acetate oxime, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxy propionate and other esters Anisole, ethylbenzyl ether, cresyl methyl ether, diphenyl ether, dibenzyl ether, phenylethyl ether, butylbenzene, ethyl ether, ethylbenzene, diethyl Benzene, pentylbenzene, isopropylbenzene, toluene, xylene, cumene, mesitylene and the like, aromatic organic solvents. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), and ethyl lactate (EL) -88 - 200928579 are preferably used. Also, PGMEA can be used to dissolve with the polar agent. The addition ratio (mass ratio) may be appropriately determined depending on the PGMEA property or the like, and is preferably in the range of 1:9:8 to 8:2. More specifically, the polar solvent is preferably used in the form of milk I PGMEA : EL: 1:9 to 8 to 8:2. When the polar solvent is PGME, the mass is preferably from 1:9 to 9:1, more preferably from 3:7 to 7:3. Further, among the (S) components, among the other mixed ratios of at least one selected from E and r-butyrolactone, the former and the latter are superior in quality (S), and the use amount is not particularly limited. The concentration of the substrate or the like, the thickness of the coating film, and the like can be suitably used in the range of the solid content of the photoresist composition of 2 to 5 to 15% by mass. <<Formation Method of Photoresist Pattern>> The method for forming a photoresist pattern of the present invention is a step of exposing a photoresist film to a resist formed on a support, and developing the photoresist film. When the mixed solution of the hydrazine is mixed with the polar solvent to 9:1, more preferably 2 ethyl acrylate (EL), 9:1, more preferably 2:8 PGMEA: PGME: 8 to 8: 2, The best white PGMEA and EL solvent are preferred. At this time, it is 70: 30~95: 5, generally can be matched with the coating selection setting, generally ~20% by mass, preferably including the step of using the above-mentioned hair, forming the photoresist pattern step -89 - 200928579 The method for forming the photoresist pattern of the present invention can be carried out, for example, in the following manner. That is, first, the photoresist composition of the present invention is applied onto a support by a spin coater or the like, and then subjected to a temperature condition of 80 to 150 ° C for 40 to 120 seconds. After 60 to 90 seconds of post-application bake (PAB), and then using an ArF exposure apparatus, the ArF excimer laser light is selectively exposed to 0 by the desired mask pattern. Post-exposure bake (PEB) is carried out for 40 to 120 seconds, preferably 60 to 90 seconds, at a temperature of 80 to 150 °C. Next, it is subjected to development treatment using an alkali developer, for example, 1.1~1 〇 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TM AH) aqueous solution, preferably washed with pure water, and then dried. Further, if necessary, baking treatment (post-baking) may be performed after the above development treatment. In this way, a photoresist pattern of a faithful response mask pattern can be obtained. The support is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known article such as a substrate for an electronic component or an article having a specific wiring pattern formed thereon can be used. More specifically, for example, a substrate such as a germanium wafer, copper, chromium, iron, or aluminum, or a glass substrate. For wiring pattern materials, for example, copper, inscription, nickel, gold, etc. can be used. Further, for example, an inorganic or/or organic film may be provided on the substrate. An inorganic film such as an inorganic antireflection film (inorganic BARC). Organic film, such as organic anti-reflective film (organic BARC).

曝光所使用之波長,並未有特別限定,其可使用ArF -90-The wavelength used for exposure is not particularly limited, and ArF-90- can be used.

200928579 準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射、F2準分子f 紫外線)、VUV (真空紫外線)'EB (電ΐ 軟X線等放射線進行。上述光阻組成物, 子雷射、ArF準分子雷射、ΕΒ或EUV,特 分子雷射爲有效。 光阻膜之曝光,可於空氣或氮等惰性I 常曝光(乾式曝光),或浸潤式曝光亦可。 浸潤式曝光,如上所述般,係於曝光闲 空氣或氮等惰性氣體之透鏡與晶圓上之光Pi ,充滿具有折射率較空氣之折射率爲大之绍 體)的狀態。 更具體而言,浸潤式曝光,爲將上述戶J 曝光裝置之最下位置的透鏡間,充滿具有折 折射率爲大之溶劑(浸潤式媒體),並於該 所期待之光阻圖形進行曝光(浸潤式曝光) 浸潤式媒體,以具有折射率較空氣之折 較該浸潤式曝光進行曝光之光阻膜所具有之 折射率之溶劑爲佳。該溶劑之折射率,只要 時,則無特別限制。 具有折射率較空氣之折射率爲大,且較 率爲小的折射率之溶劑’例如,水、氟系惰 溶劑、烴系溶劑等。 氟系惰性液體之具體例如C3HC12F5 c4f90C2h5、c5h3f7等氟系化合物爲主成份 『射、EUV (極 •線)、X線、 以對KrF準分 別是對ArF準 t體中進行之通 ’於以往充滿 膜之間的部份 劑(浸潤式媒 得之光阻膜與 射率較空氣之 狀態下,介由 之方式實施。 射率爲大,且 折射率爲小的 爲前述範圍内 光阻膜之折射 性液體、矽系 、C4F9OCH3 ' 之液體等,又 200928579 以沸點爲70至180°C者爲佳,以80至160°C者爲更佳。 氟系惰性液體中,沸點於上述範圍內之物時,於曝光結束 後,可以簡便之方法去除浸潤式所使用之介質,而爲較佳 〇 ^ 氟系情性液體,特別是以烷基中之氫原子全部被氟原 子取代所得之全氟烷基化合物爲佳。全氟烷基化合物,具 體而言,例如全氟烷基醚化合物或全氟烷基胺化合物等。 Q 又,更具體而言,前述全氟烷基醚化合物,例如全氟 (2_ 丁基—四氫呋喃)(沸點l〇2°C),前述全氟烷基 胺化合物,例如全氟三丁基胺(沸點1 7 4 °C )等。 上述本發明之光阻組成物具有以往所未知之新穎性。 又,本發明之光阻組成物,於光阻圖型形成之際具有 可提昇遮罩重現性(例如遮罩線性或遮罩錯誤因子、形成 通孔圖型之際的該通孔之正圓性)等,而可形成具有良好 微影蝕刻特性之光阻圖型。其理由仍未明瞭,但推測應爲 〇 以下之因素。 本發明之光阻組成物中,酸產生劑爲使用前述(B 1 ) *- 成份。 - 前述(B1)成份之陰離子部具有,於「Y1— SO,」之 骨架上’介由「― Q1— 0— CO —」鍵結環骨架上含有極性 基(―X—、— C(=0)— 0-)之高體積密度之環所得之 結構。因此,其與以往作爲陰離子使用之氟化烷基磺酸離 子相比較時’顯示出高極性,且具有高立體性之蓬鬆結構 。推測其因具有高極性,故基於分子間之相互作用,又, -92- 200928579 基於其蓬鬆之立體結構,故無論y1之碳數爲較小之1〜4 的基團,其與以往之九氟丁烷磺酸酯等之酸產生劑的陰離 子部相比較時,其於光阻膜内之該陰離子部的擴散將受到 化學性或物理性之抑制。因此,使用(Β 1 )成份時,可抑 制曝光區域所發生之酸擴散至未曝光區域,其結果,將可 提高未曝光區域與曝光區域之鹼溶解性的差(溶解反差) ,如此,推測可提高通孔之正圓性等光阻圖型之形狀。 又,基於同樣之理由,亦可期待曝光寬容度(EL Marge )或焦點景深寬度(DO F )之提昇。曝光寬容度( EL Marge)係指變化曝光量進行曝光之際,對應標靶尺寸 偏移於一定之範圍内的尺寸下可形成光阻圖型之曝光量範 圍,即,可得到忠實的反應遮罩圖型之光阻圖型的曝光量 範圍;曝光寬容度(EL Marge ),其數値越大時,伴隨曝 光量之變動所產生之圖型尺寸的變化量越小,以其可提高 製程之寬容度而爲較佳。DOF,係指同一曝光量下,將焦 點上下移動進行曝光之際,對應標靶尺寸偏移於一定之範 圍内的尺寸下可形成光阻圖型之焦點景深之範圍,即,可 得到忠實的反應遮罩圖型之光阻圖型的焦點景深的範圍, 其數値越大越佳。 又,Y 1之伸烷基或氟化伸烷基之烷基鏈,例如相對 於碳數6〜10之全氟烷基鏈之難分解性顯示出良好之分解 性,就考慮生物囤積性所進行之處理等觀點,亦可得到更 安全之效果。 -93- 200928579 【實施方式】 以下,將以實施例對本發明作更詳細之說明 明並不受該些實施例所限定。 〔實施例1〕 (i)於氟磺醯(二氟)乙酸甲酯150g、純Z ,於冰浴中保持1〇 t以下,滴入30%氫氧化 3 43 · 6g。滴下後’於100 °C進行3小時迴流,於 以濃鹽酸中和。所得之溶液滴入丙酮8888g中, 過濾、乾燥’得白色固體之化合物(I ) 1 8 4.5 g 8 8.9 %、產率:9 5 · 5 % )。 【化4 9】 © Θ μ* Θ ©200928579 Excimer laser, KrF excimer laser, F2 excimer f ultraviolet light, VUV (vacuum ultraviolet light) 'EB (electric soft X-ray and other radiation. The above photoresist composition, sub-laser, ArF excimer thunder Shot, ΕΒ or EUV, special-molecule laser is effective. Exposure of photoresist film can be exposed to air or nitrogen, etc. I usually expose (dry exposure), or immersion exposure. Immersion exposure, as mentioned above, It is a state in which a lens of an inert gas such as air or nitrogen is exposed to light and a light Pi on a wafer is filled with a refractive index having a refractive index larger than that of air. More specifically, the immersion exposure is to fill a lens having a refractive index of a large amount (immersion medium) between the lenses at the lowest position of the exposure device of the above-mentioned J, and expose the desired photoresist pattern. (Infiltrating Exposure) The immersion medium is preferably a solvent having a refractive index lower than that of the light-receiving film which is exposed to the immersion exposure. The refractive index of the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is. A solvent having a refractive index larger than that of air and having a small refractive index is, for example, water, a fluorine-based inert solvent, a hydrocarbon solvent or the like. Specific examples of the fluorine-based inert liquid are, for example, C3HC12F5, c4f90C2h5, c5h3f7 and other fluorine-based compounds, which are mainly composed of "emission, EUV (pole line), X-ray, and KrF, which are respectively used in the ArF quasi-t body". Part of the film between the film (the immersion medium obtained by the photoresist film and the rate of light is in a state of air, by means of a large ratio, and the refractive index is small, the photoresist film in the above range Refractive liquid, lanthanide, liquid of C4F9OCH3', etc., 200928579 is preferably a boiling point of 70 to 180 ° C, more preferably 80 to 160 ° C. In a fluorine-based inert liquid, the boiling point is within the above range. In the case of the substance, after the end of the exposure, the medium used for the wetting type can be removed in a simple manner, and it is preferably a fluorine-based liquid, in particular, a perfluoro group in which all hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group are replaced by fluorine atoms. The alkyl compound is preferably a perfluoroalkyl compound, specifically, for example, a perfluoroalkyl ether compound or a perfluoroalkylamine compound, etc. Q Further, more specifically, the above perfluoroalkyl ether compound, for example, Fluorine (2-butyl-tetrahydrofuran) The boiling point is 10 ° C), the perfluoroalkylamine compound, for example, perfluorotributylamine (boiling point 174 ° C), etc. The above-mentioned photoresist composition of the present invention has a novelty that has not been known in the past. The photoresist composition of the present invention has a perfect circle for improving the reproducibility of the mask when the photoresist pattern is formed (for example, a mask linearity or a mask error factor, and a through hole pattern is formed). And the like, but a photoresist pattern having good lithographic etching characteristics can be formed. The reason for this is still unclear, but it is presumed that it should be the following factors. In the photoresist composition of the present invention, the acid generator is used as described above ( B 1 ) *- Ingredients - The anion portion of the above (B1) component has a polar group on the skeleton of "Y1 - SO," which is based on the "-Q1 - 0 - CO -" bond ring skeleton ( The structure obtained by the ring of high bulk density of X—,—C(=0)—0-). Therefore, it exhibits high polarity when compared with the fluorinated alkylsulfonic acid ion used as an anion in the past, and has a high-dimensional fluffy structure. It is presumed that it has high polarity, so it is based on mutual Function, again, -92- 200928579 Based on its fluffy three-dimensional structure, the anion of the acid generator such as nonafluorobutane sulfonate and the like, regardless of the group having a smaller carbon number of y1 and 1 to 4 When the portion is compared, the diffusion of the anion portion in the photoresist film is chemically or physically inhibited. Therefore, when the (Β 1 ) component is used, the acid diffusion in the exposed region can be suppressed from diffusing to the unexposed region. As a result, the difference in solubility (solubility contrast) between the unexposed area and the exposed area can be improved, and it is presumed that the shape of the resist pattern such as the roundness of the through hole can be improved. For the same reason, You can also expect an increase in exposure latitude (EL Marge) or focus depth of field (DO F ). Exposure latitude (EL Marge) refers to the exposure range that can form a resist pattern when the exposure size is shifted for a certain range, that is, a faithful reaction mask can be obtained. The exposure range of the resist pattern of the mask pattern; the exposure latitude (EL Marge ), the larger the number, the smaller the amount of change in the pattern size caused by the variation of the exposure amount, so that the process can be improved The tolerance is preferred. DOF refers to the range of the focal depth of the resist pattern that can be formed when the focus is shifted up and down for the same exposure amount, that is, the target depth is offset within a certain range. The range of the depth of focus of the resist pattern of the reaction mask pattern is larger, and the larger the number, the better. Further, the alkyl chain of the alkyl group or the fluorinated alkyl group of Y 1 exhibits good decomposability with respect to the hard-to-decompose property of the perfluoroalkyl chain having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and biodegradability is considered. Views such as processing can also achieve a safer effect. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples, and is not limited by the examples. [Example 1] (i) 150 g of methyl fluorosulfonate (difluoro)acetate and pure Z were kept at 1 Torr or less in an ice bath, and 30% of hydroxide was added dropwise to 3 43 · 6 g. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was refluxed at 100 ° C for 3 hours, and neutralized with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The obtained solution was added dropwise to 8888 g of acetone, and filtered and dried to give a white solid compound (I) 1 8 4.5 g 8 8.9 %, yield: 9 5 · 5 % ). [化4 9] © Θ μ* Θ ©

Na O-C—CF2-S-0 NaNa O-C—CF2-S-0 Na

L II Ο (I) (ii)於化合物(I) 56.2g、乙腈562.2g中 —甲苯磺酸一水和物77.4g,於not下迴流3 後’經過濾、濃縮濾液,進行乾燥。所得之固體 t 一丁基甲基醚900g後進行攪拌。其後,經過濾 濾物結果’得白色固體之化合物(π ) 22.2g 9 1 · 〇 %,產率:4 4 _ 9 % )。 ,但本發 3 75 g 中 鈉水溶液 冷卻後, 將晶析物 (純度: η 9 NaOH CH3-〇-C-CF2-S-F - “ tl οL II Ο (I) (ii) 56.2 g of the compound (I), 562.2 g of acetonitrile, 77.4 g of toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate, and refluxed under 3, were filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated and dried. The obtained solid t-butyl methyl ether was stirred at 900 g. Thereafter, the filtrate was filtered to give a white solid compound (π) 22.2 g 9 1 · 〇 %, yield: 4 4 _ 9 % ). However, after the sodium solution of 3 75 g is cooled, the crystallization is carried out (purity: η 9 NaOH CH3-〇-C-CF2-S-F - "tl ο

,添加P 小時。其 中,添加 、乾燥過 (純度: -94- 200928579 【化5 0】, add P hours. Among them, added and dried (purity: -94- 200928579 [chemical 5 0]

o o r II II V: HO - 0—CF2—吞一Ο Θ Θ D Na Ο (Π) - (iii )於下述式(ir )所表示之化合物(π1 ) 5.00g . 、化合物(II) 3.23g (純度:91.0%)、二氯乙烷 32.2g 中,添加P-甲苯磺酸一水和物〇.328g,於110°C下迴流 © 21小時。其後,經過濾,殘渣中添加甲基乙基酮49.4g後 進行攪拌。其後,經過濾、乾燥過濾物結果,得茶白色固 體之化合物(ΠΙ ) 2.62g (純度:43.8%,產率:21 .3% ) 【化5 1】Oor II II V: HO - 0 - CF2 - swallowing Θ Θ D Na Ο (Π) - (iii) Compound (π1) 5.00g represented by the following formula (ir), compound (II) 3.23g (Purity: 91.0%), 32.2 g of dichloroethane, P-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate and 328328 g were added, and refluxed at 110 ° C for 21 hours. Thereafter, 49.4 g of methyl ethyl ketone was added to the residue by filtration, followed by stirring. Thereafter, the filtrate was filtered and dried to give a white solid compound (yield: 2.62 g (purity: 43.8%, yield: 21.3%).

(m 〔實施例1 一 2〕 依下述步驟(i’)〜(iii’)製造與實施例1所製造之 化合物爲相同之化合物(III )。又,下述步驟(Γ )〜( iii')中之反應’除將實施例1之(iii)所使用之二氯乙 烷變更爲甲苯以外,其他皆進行與實施例1之步驟(i ) 〜(i i i )相同之反應。 (Γ)於氟磺醯(二氟)乙酸甲酯192.1g、純水480g -95- 200928579 中,於冰浴中保持10°c以下,滴入30%氫氧化鈉水溶液 440g。滴下後,以10(TC下迴流3小時,經冷卻後,以 10%鹽酸中和。所得之溶液滴入丙酮90 74g中,將晶析物 過濾、乾燥、得白色固體之化合物(I) 25 7.6g (純度: 80.7%,產率:94.5% )。 (ii1 )於前述(i’)所得化合物(I ) 56.2g '乙腈 562.2g中,添力卩p -甲苯磺酸一水和物77.4g,於110°C q 下迴流3小時。其後,經過濾、濃縮濾液,進行乾燥。所 得固體中添加t — 丁基甲基醚900g後進行攪拌。其後,經 過濾、乾燥過濾物結果,得白色固體之化合物(Π) 25.7g (純度:9 1 · 0 %,產率:5 2.0 % )。 (iii’)於前述(ii')所得化合物(Π ) 5.00g (純度 :9 1.0%)、化合物(ΙΓ) 3.69g、甲苯 25.00g 中,添加 p 一甲苯磺酸一水和物(K410g,於110 °C下迴流20小時。 其後,經過濾,殘渣中添加甲基乙基酮7 9.5 0g後進行攪 φ 拌。其後,經過濾,過濾物以甲醇23 · 8 6g洗淨2次,將 所得沉澱物乾燥結果,得白色固體之化合物(III ) 4· 5 5g •- (純度:9 7 · 5 %,產率:5 5.8 % )。 〔實施例1— 3〕 於實施例1 — 2之(ii')所得之化合物(II ) 5.00g ( 純度:91.0%)、化合物(ΙΓ ) 3.69g、甲苯 25.00g 中, 添加P —甲苯磺酸一水和物〇 · 2 1 〇 g ’於1 1 〇 °C下迴流2 6小 時。其後,經過濾,殘渣中添加甲基乙基酮79.5 0 g後進 -96- 200928579 行攪拌。其後’經過濾,過濾物以甲醇23.8 6g洗淨2次 ,將所得沉澱物乾燥結果,得白色固體之化合物(III ) 3.15g (純度:99.7°/。,產率:39.5%)。 _ 〔實施例1 一 4〕 於實施例1一 2之(ii’)所得之化合物(II) 5.00g ( 純度:91.0%)、化合物(π’)2_95g、甲苯 25.00g 中, φ 添加P —甲苯磺酸一水和物0.2 1 0 g,於1 1 0 °C下迴流2 4小 時。其後,經過濾、殘渣中添加甲基乙基酮6 3.6 g。其後 ’經過濾、過濾物以甲醇19.08g洗淨2次,所得沉澱物 經乾燥結果’得白色固體之化合物(III ) 4.07g (純度: 9 9 · 8 %,產率:6 3 _ 9 % )。 實施例1與實施例1-2〜1_4進行比較時,相對於 化合物(II )與化合物(π·)進行反應時溶劑使用二氯甲 烷之實施例1,使用甲苯之實施例1 一 2〜1_4,其所得之 〇 化合物(πι)之純度、產率皆大幅提高。 又,實施例1 - 3與實施例1 一 4相比較時,相對於化 ** 合物(II ),其化合物(IΓ )之使用量比例較少之實施例 • 1一 4’可於短時間以良好之產率,製造高純度之化合物( III )。 〔實施例2〕 使化合物(in) 1.36g (純度:43.8%)溶解於純水 13.6g中。於該溶液中,添加溶解有三苯基锍溴化物 -97- 200928579 〇-5 1g之二氯甲烷5.1 0g溶液,於室溫下攪拌3小時後, 將有機相分液濾取。再將有機相以純水1 8 · 6 g進行水洗, 有機相經濃縮、乾燥結果,得無色黏性液體之化合物(IV )0.23g (產率:26.8%)。 【化5 2】(m [Example 1 to 2] The same compound (III) as the compound produced in Example 1 was produced according to the following steps (i') to (iii'). Further, the following steps (Γ)~(iii) The reaction in ') was carried out in the same manner as in the steps (i) to (iii) of Example 1 except that the dichloroethane used in (iii) of Example 1 was changed to toluene. In 192.1 g of methyl fluorosulfonate (difluoro)acetate and 480 g -95 to 200928579 of pure water, it was kept at 10 ° C or less in an ice bath, and 440 g of a 30% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added dropwise thereto. After dripping, 10 (TC) was added. After refluxing for 3 hours, after cooling, it was neutralized with 10% hydrochloric acid. The obtained solution was added dropwise to 90 74 g of acetone, and the crystallization was filtered and dried to give a white solid compound (I) 25 7.6 g (purity: 80.7%) , yield: 94.5%). (ii1) In the above compound (I), (5) g of 56.2 g of acetonitrile 562.2 g, add 卩p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate and 77.4 g at 110 ° C q After refluxing for 3 hours, the filtrate was concentrated by filtration and dried, and 900 g of t-butyl methyl ether was added to the obtained solid, followed by stirring. The filtrate was dried to give a white solid compound (yield: 25.7 g (purity: 9 1 · 0 %, yield: 5 2.0 %). (iii') The compound (Π) obtained in the above (ii') 5.00 g (Purity: 9 1.0%), 3.69 g of compound (ΙΓ), 25.00 g of toluene, p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (K410g, refluxed at 110 ° C for 20 hours. Thereafter, filtered, residue After adding methyl ketone 7 9.5 0 g, it was stirred and stirred. After that, the filtrate was washed twice with methanol 23·8 6 g, and the obtained precipitate was dried to give Compound (III) 4 as a white solid. · 5 5g •- (purity: 9 7 · 5 %, yield: 5 5.8 %). [Example 1-3] Compound (II) obtained in (ii') of Example 1-2 5.00g (purity : 91.0%), compound (ΙΓ) 3.69 g, toluene 25.00 g, P-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate and hydrazine 2 1 〇g ' were added and refluxed at 1 1 ° C for 2 6 hours. Thereafter, Filtration, adding methyl ethyl ketone 79.5 0 g to the residue, followed by stirring -96-200928579. After that, 'filtered, the filtrate was washed twice with methanol 23.8 6 g, and the resulting precipitate was obtained. Results dry to give a white solid of compound (III) 3.15g (purity: 99.7 ° /, yield: 39.5%). _ [Example 1 - 4] In the compound (II) obtained in (ii') of Example 1 - 2, 5.00 g (purity: 91.0%), compound (π') 2 - 95 g, toluene 25.00 g, φ added P - Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate and 0.21 g of water were refluxed at 110 ° C for 24 hours. Thereafter, 6 3.6 g of methyl ethyl ketone was added to the residue by filtration. After that, the filtrate was filtered and the filtrate was washed twice with methanol 19.08 g, and the obtained precipitate was dried to give a white solid compound (III) 4.07 g (purity: 9 9 · 8 %, yield: 6 3 -9 %). When Example 1 was compared with Examples 1-2 to 1_4, Example 1 in which a solvent was used for the reaction of the compound (II) with the compound (π·), and Example 1 to 2_4 in which toluene was used. The purity and yield of the obtained hydrazine compound (πι) are greatly improved. Further, in the case of Example 1-3, when compared with Example 1 - 4, the ratio of the compound (I Γ ) used in the compound (II) was small, and the example 1 - 4' was short. Time to produce high purity compound (III) in good yield. [Example 2] 1.36 g (purity: 43.8%) of the compound (in) was dissolved in 13.6 g of pure water. To the solution, a solution of 5.10 g of dichloromethane dissolved in triphenylsulfonium bromide-97-200928579 〇-5 1 g was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then the organic phase was separated by filtration. Further, the organic phase was washed with pure water of 1 8 · 6 g, and the organic phase was concentrated and dried to give a compound (IV) of 0.23 g (yield: 26.8%) of a colorless viscous liquid. [化5 2]

對化合物(IV )以NMR進行分析。 】H-NMR(DMSO — d6、400MHz) : ¢5 ( ppm )= 7.89〜7.77(m,15H,Ha)、5.48(m,lH,Hb)、4.98 (s,lH,Hc) 、4.73〜4.58(d,2H,Hd) 、2.71(m, 1 H &gt; He ) 、2.1 4 ( m,2H,Hf)。 19F — NMR ( DMSO — d6 ' 376MHz) : δ (ppm)= -107.1。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(IV )具有下述所示結 構。 -98- 200928579 【化5 3】Compound (IV) was analyzed by NMR. H-NMR (DMSO - d6, 400MHz): ¢5 (ppm) = 7.89~7.77 (m, 15H, Ha), 5.48 (m, lH, Hb), 4.98 (s, lH, Hc), 4.73~4.58 (d, 2H, Hd), 2.71 (m, 1 H &gt; He ), 2.1 4 (m, 2H, Hf). 19F - NMR (DMSO - d6 ' 376MHz) : δ (ppm) = -107.1. From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (IV) had the structure shown below. -98- 200928579 【化5 3】

〔實施例3〕 依下述順序製造以下所示之化合物(V )。 【化5 4】[Example 3] The compound (V) shown below was produced in the following order. 【化5 4】

(V) 於控制於20°C以下之甲烷磺酸( 60.75 g)中,少量依 序添加氧化磷(8.53g)與2,5 —二甲基酚(8.81g)與二 苯基亞颯(12.2g)。於將溫度控制於15〜20°C中進行30 -99- 200928579 分鐘熟成後,升溫至40°c,進行2小時熟成。 反應液滴入冷卻至1 5°C以下之純水(1〇9.35g ) 結束後,加入二氯甲烷( 54.68g) ’於攪拌後’ 甲烷層。於另一容器中’加入20〜25 °c之己烷 )後,將二氯甲烷層滴下。滴下結束後,於20 進行3 0分鐘熟成後’經過濾結果,得目的化合 7 0.9%)。 對該化合物(以下’亦稱爲化合物(5 _ 1 咜-NMR進行分析,其結果係如以下所示。 !H - NMR ( DMSO - d6、600MHz ) : &lt;5 ( 7.61— 7.72 ( m &gt; 10H,phenyl) , 714 ( s » 2H 3 -12 ( s ’ 3 H,Hb ) 5 2.22(s- 6Hj Ha)。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(5 _ 1 )具有 結構。 【化5 5】 其後,將 中。滴下 回收二氯 (386.86g 〜2 5 〇C下 物(產率 )),以 ppm )= ,He ), 下述所示(V) Add a small amount of phosphorus oxide (8.53g) and 2,5-dimethylphenol (8.81g) and diphenylarsine in a small amount in methanesulfonic acid (60.75 g) controlled below 20 °C. 12.2g). After the temperature was controlled at 15 to 20 ° C for 30 -99 to 200928579 minutes, the temperature was raised to 40 ° C, and the mixture was aged for 2 hours. After the reaction liquid was poured into pure water (1 〇 9.35 g) cooled to 15 ° C or less, dichloromethane (54.68 g) was added to the methane layer after stirring. After adding another 20 to 25 ° C of hexane in another container, the dichloromethane layer was dropped. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was aged at 20 minutes for 30 minutes, and the result was filtered to obtain a desired compound of 0.9%. The compound (hereinafter referred to as 'the compound (5 _ 1 咜-NMR) was analyzed, and the results are shown below. !H-NMR (DMSO - d6, 600 MHz): &lt;5 ( 7.61 - 7.72 ( m &gt 10H, phenyl), 714 ( s » 2H 3 -12 ( s ' 3 H, Hb ) 5 2.22 (s - 6Hj Ha). From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (5 _ 1 ) has a structure. 5] Thereafter, the solution is distilled to recover dichloro (386.86g ~ 2 5 〇C under the product (yield)) in ppm) = , He ), as shown below

使化合物(5 - 1 ) ( 4g )溶解於二氯甲烷 中’確g忍溶解後’添加碳酸绅(6.87g),再添 -100- 79.8g ) 溴乙酸 200928579 甲基金剛烷(3.42g )。於迴流下,進行24小時反應後, 經過濾、水洗淨’以己烷結晶析出。所得粉體經減壓乾燥 後得目的化合物3.98g (產率66% )。 對該化合物(以下,亦稱爲化合物(5—2))以1Η 一 NMR進行分析。其結果係如以下所示。 *H- NMR ( CDC13 ' 600MHz) : δ (ppm) = 7.83 - 7·86 ( m,4Η,phenyl) ,7.69 - 7.78 ( m,6H , phenyl )The compound (5-1) (4g) was dissolved in dichloromethane. After the dissolution, 'addition of cesium carbonate (6.87g), add -100-79.8g) bromoacetic acid 200928579 methyl adamantane (3.42g) . After refluxing for 24 hours, it was filtered, washed with water and crystallized from hexane. The obtained powder was dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound (yield: 66%). This compound (hereinafter, also referred to as compound (5-2)) was analyzed by 1 Η-NMR. The results are shown below. *H-NMR (CDC13 '600MHz) : δ (ppm) = 7.83 - 7·86 ( m,4Η,phenyl) , 7.69 - 7.78 ( m,6H , phenyl )

,7.5 1 ( s,2H,Hd ) ,4.46 ( s,2H,He) ,2.39 ( s, 6H ’ Ha) ’ 2.3 3 ( s,2H,Adamantane ) ,2.17 ( s,2H,, 7.5 1 ( s, 2H, Hd ) , 4.46 ( s, 2H, He) , 2.39 ( s, 6H ' Ha ) ‘ 2.3 3 ( s, 2H, Adamantane ) , 2.17 ( s, 2H,

Adamantane) ’ 1.71 — 1.976 ( m,11H,Adamantane), 1 · 6 8 ( s ’ 3 H ’ Hb ) 5 1.57— 1.61 ( m &gt; 2H &gt; Adamantane) 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(5 - 2 )具有下述所承 結構。 ❹ -101 - 200928579 【化5 6】Adamantane) ' 1.71 — 1.976 ( m,11H,Adamantane), 1 · 6 8 ( s ' 3 H ' Hb ) 5 1.57— 1.61 ( m &gt; 2H &gt; Adamantane) From the above results, confirm the compound (5 - 2) It has the following structure. ❹ -101 - 200928579 【化5 6】

使化合物(5-2) (1.798)溶解於水(15.81£)與 Ο 二氯甲烷(31.62g)之混合溶液中,其後,少量逐次添加 實施例1- 4所得之化合物(III)(純度99.8%) ( 1.33g ' ),於25 °C下攪拌1小時。反應結束後,將二氯甲烷溶 ' 液進行水洗後,予以濃縮乾固。所得粉體以己烷分散洗淨 後,經減壓乾燥後得目的化合物(V ) 2 · 3 5 g (產率8 3 · 3 % )° 對該化合物(V)以iH—NMR進行分析。其結果係 如以下所示。 NMR ( DMSO — d^、400MHz) : δ (ppm)= -102- 200928579 7.76 — 7.8 8 ( m,10H,Phenyl ) ,7.63 ( s,2H &gt; 5.51 ( s &gt; 1H,Hd ) ,5.01 ( s,1H,He) ,4.62 - m,4H,Hc+ Hf) ,2.75 ( m,1H,Hh) ,2.53-m,1 9 H,Hg+ Adamantane )。 19F— NMR(DMS〇-d6、400MHz) : δ ( ppm -106.7 。Compound (5-2) (1.798) was dissolved in a mixed solution of water (15.81 lb) and hydrazine methylene chloride (31.62 g), and thereafter, a small amount of compound (III) obtained in Example 1-4 was added in a small amount (purity). 99.8%) ( 1.33g ' ), stirred at 25 ° C for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction, the dichloromethane solution was washed with water and concentrated to dryness. The obtained powder was washed with hexane and then dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound (V) 2 · 3 5 g (yield 8 3 · 3 %). The compound (V) was analyzed by iH-NMR. The results are shown below. NMR ( DMSO — d^, 400 MHz) : δ (ppm) = -102- 200928579 7.76 — 7.8 8 ( m, 10H, Phenyl ) , 7.63 ( s, 2H &gt; 5.51 ( s &gt; 1H, Hd ) , 5.01 ( s, 1H, He), 4.62 - m, 4H, Hc + Hf), 2.75 (m, 1H, Hh), 2.53-m, 1 9 H, Hg + Adamantane ). 19F-NMR (DMS〇-d6, 400MHz): δ (ppm -106.7).

Hb ), 4.76 ( 1.5 1 ( 述所示 由上述結果得知,確認該化合物(V )具有下 結構。Hb), 4.76 (1.5 1 (The above results show that the compound (V) has a lower structure.

【化5 7】[化5 7]

-103- 200928579 〔實施例4〕 依下述順序製造以下所示之化合物(VI )。 【化5 8】-103-200928579 [Example 4] The compound (VI) shown below was produced in the following order. 【化5 8】

〇 (VI) (i&quot;)於化合物(Π ) 17.7g (純度:91 ·0% )、化合 物(ΙΓ) 13g、甲苯88.3g中,添加p —甲苯磺酸一水和 物5 . 8 5 g,於1 3 0 °C下迴流2 6小時。其後,經過濾,殘渣 中添加甲基乙基酮2 79.9g後進行攪拌。其後,經過濾、 添加甲醇84.0g後攪拌。再度進行過濾,經由將過濾物乾 燥結果,得白色固體之化合物(III ) 20.2g (純度:99.9% 〇 、產率:7 2.1 % )。 【化5 9】〇(VI) (i&quot;) in the compound (Π) 17.7g (purity: 91 · 0%), the compound (ΙΓ) 13g, toluene 88.3g, added p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate and 5. 5 5 g , reflux at 1 30 ° C for 6 6 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was filtered, and 79.9 g of methyl ethyl ketone was added to the residue, followed by stirring. Thereafter, 84.0 g of methanol was added thereto by filtration, followed by stirring. The filtration was again carried out, and the compound (III) was obtained as a white solid (20.2 g (purity: 99.9% 、, yield: 7 2.1%). [化5 9]

(ii&quot;)使前述(i&quot;)所得之化合物(III ) 15.0g (純 度:99.9% )溶解於純水66.4g。於該溶液中,添加溶解 有4 -甲基溴化三苯基锍13.3g之二氯甲烷132.8g溶液, -104- 200928579 於室溫下攪拌3小時後’將有機相分液取出。有機相以純 水6 6.4 g水洗,使有機相濃縮、乾燥後得無色黏性液體之 目的化合物(VI)20.2g (產率:88.1%)。 【化6 0】(ii&quot;) 15.0 g (purity: 99.9%) of the compound (III) obtained in the above (i&quot;) was dissolved in 66.4 g of pure water. To the solution, a solution of 132.8 g of dichloromethane in which 13.3 g of 4-methylbromide bromide was dissolved was added, and -104-200928579 was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then the organic phase was separated. The organic phase was washed with pure water (6 6.4 g), and the organic phase was concentrated and dried to give the desired compound (VI) (20.2 g) (yield: 88.1%). [化60]

對該化合物(VI )以NMR進行分析。其結果係如以 下所示。 !H— NMR ( DMSO— άβ ' 600MHz) : δ ( ppm)=This compound (VI) was analyzed by NMR. The results are shown below. !H- NMR (DMSO-άβ '600MHz) : δ (ppm)=

7.86〜7.58(m,14H,Ha+Hb)、5.48(m,lH,Hd)、 4.98 (s,1H,He) 、4.73 〜4.58 (d,2H &gt; Hf) ' 2.71 ( m,1H,Hg) 、2·43 ( m,3H,He ) 、2.12 ( m,2 H,Hh )° 19F - NMR ( DMSO - d6、376MHz ) : &lt;5 (ppm)= —1 0 6 · 9 o 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(VI )具有下述所示結 構。 -105- 2009285797.86 to 7.58 (m, 14H, Ha+Hb), 5.48 (m, lH, Hd), 4.98 (s, 1H, He), 4.73 to 4.58 (d, 2H &gt; Hf) ' 2.71 ( m, 1H, Hg ), 2·43 ( m, 3H, He ), 2.12 ( m, 2 H, Hh ) ° 19F - NMR ( DMSO - d6, 376MHz ) : &lt;5 (ppm) = -1 0 6 · 9 o As a result, it was confirmed that the compound (VI) had the structure shown below. -105- 200928579

【化6 1】【化6 1】

〔實施例5〕 依下述順序製造以下所示之化合物(VII ) 【化6 2】[Example 5] The compound (VII) shown below was produced in the following order.

ΟΟ

Θ (VII) 添加二苯基碘鎗甲烷磺酸酯2.lg、實施例 之化合物(ΙΠ )(純度99.8% ) 2.0g、純水1 甲烷(20.4g ),於室溫下攪拌2小時。將有 以純水10.2g洗淨,有機相以己烷結晶析出, -106- 1 _ 4所得 _2g、二氯 ;相分液, =白色固體 200928579 之目的化合物(以下,亦稱爲化合物(7 - 1 ) ) 2 · 1 5 g ( 產率:6 7.1 % )。 【化6 3】Θ (VII) Diphenyl iodide methanesulfonate 2. lg, compound (ΙΠ) (purity: 99.8%) 2.0 g, pure water 1 methane (20.4 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. There will be a compound which is washed with pure water 10.2g, the organic phase is crystallized from hexane, _2g obtained by -106-1_4, dichloro; phase separation liquid, = white solid 200928579 (hereinafter, also referred to as compound ( 7 - 1 ) ) 2 · 1 5 g (yield: 6 7.1 %). 【化6 3】

對該化合物(7 — 1 )以NMR進行分析。其結果係如 以下所示。 - NMR ( DMSO - d6 ' 600MHz ) : δ (ppm)= 8.17—8.29(d,4H,Ha) 、7.64— 7.68 (t,2H,Hc)、 7.49— 7.58 (t,4H,Hb ) 、5.46(t,1H,Hd) &gt; 4.97 ( s ,1H,He) 、4.57 - 4.70 ( d &gt; 2H,Hf) ' 2.70 - 2.72 ( m ,lH,Hg) ,2.11-2.16 (m,2H,Hh)。 19F — NMR ( DMSO — d6、3 76MHz ) : δ (ppm)= -107.14 &gt; 一 106.98。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(7 - 1 )具有下述所示 結構。 -107 200928579 【化6 4】This compound (7-1) was analyzed by NMR. The results are shown below. - NMR ( DMSO - d6 ' 600MHz ) : δ (ppm) = 8.17 - 8.29 (d, 4H, Ha), 7.64 - 7.68 (t, 2H, Hc), 7.49 - 7.58 (t, 4H, Hb ), 5.46 ( t,1H,Hd) &gt; 4.97 ( s ,1H,He) , 4.57 - 4.70 ( d &gt; 2H,Hf) ' 2.70 - 2.72 ( m ,lH,Hg) ,2.11-2.16 (m,2H,Hh) . 19F - NMR (DMSO - d6, 3 76MHz): δ (ppm) = -107.14 &gt; A 106.98. From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (7 - 1 ) had the structure shown below. -107 200928579 【化6 4】

將二苯並噻吩0.42g、化合物(7—1) 1.5g、苯甲酸 銅(II) 0.019g、氯基苯2.25g之混合液於100°C下攪拌1 小時。於反應液中滴入己烷13.15g,使所得之粉體溶解於 二氯甲烷13. 15g中,以1%氨水溶液13.1 5g洗淨後進行3 次水洗(13.15g)。有機相以己烷結晶析出結果,得白色 固體之化合物(VII) l.〇5g (產率:80.2%)。 【化6 5】 ❹A mixed liquid of 0.42 g of dibenzothiophene, 1.5 g of the compound (7-1), 0.019 g of copper (II) benzoate, and 2.25 g of chlorobenzene was stirred at 100 ° C for 1 hour. 13.15 g of hexane was added dropwise to the reaction mixture, and the obtained powder was dissolved in 13.15 g of dichloromethane, washed with 13.1 5 g of a 1% aqueous ammonia solution, and washed three times (13.15 g). The organic phase was crystallized from hexane to give Compound (VII): </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> 5 g (yield: 80.2%). 【化6 5】 ❹

(VII) 對所得化合物(VII) 以下所示。 *H - NMR ( DMSO -8.50 - 8.52 ( d &gt; 2H &gt; Ha ) 以NMR進行分析。其結果係如 d6 ' 600MHz ) · (5 ( ppm )= 、8.32— 8.38(d,2H,Hd)、 -108- 200928579 7.91-7.97 (t,2H,Hb) 、7.67—7.70 (t,2H,Hc)、 7.52 - 7.63 ( m &gt; 5H,phenyl ) 、5.45 - 5.47 ( t,1H,He )、4.97 ( s,1H,Hf ) 、4.57 - 4.7 1 ( d,2H,Hg)、 2.69-2.72 (m,1H,Hh) ,2.04-2.15 (m,2H,Hi) 19F - NMR ( DMSO - d6、3 76MHz ) : δ (ppm)= — 1 07.20,一 106.99。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(VII )具有下述所示 結構。 【化6 6】(VII) The obtained compound (VII) is shown below. *H-NMR (DMSO - 8.50 - 8.52 (d &gt; 2H &gt; Ha) was analyzed by NMR. The result was as d6 '600 MHz) · (5 (ppm) = , 8.32 - 8.38 (d, 2H, Hd) -108- 200928579 7.91-7.97 (t,2H,Hb), 7.67-7.70 (t,2H,Hc), 7.52 - 7.63 ( m &gt; 5H,phenyl ) , 5.45 - 5.47 ( t,1H,He ), 4.97 ( s,1H,Hf ) , 4.57 - 4.7 1 ( d,2H,Hg), 2.69-2.72 (m,1H,Hh) , 2.04-2.15 (m,2H,Hi) 19F - NMR ( DMSO - d6, 3 76 MHz) : δ (ppm) = -1 07.20, a 106.99. From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (VII) has the structure shown below.

〔實施例6〕 依下述順序製造以下所示之化合物(VIII )。[Example 6] The compound (VIII) shown below was produced in the following order.

〇 (VIII) -109- 200928579 於甲烷磺酸33.6g中少量逐次添加五氧化二磷6.50g 後,添加2,6—二甲基苯甲醚7.48g與二苯並噻吩氧化物 9_17g。於溫度45°C下攪拌2小時後,添加純水90g與己 烷1 5 0 g。經分液操作得水層。 於上述所得之水溶液 61.02g中,添加二氯甲烷 61.02g,與實施例 1 — 4所得之化合物(III )(純度 9 9.8% ) 4.00g添加後攪拌1小時。有機溶劑層以純水60g 洗淨3次後,以己烷結晶析出後,得白色固體之化合物( VIII) 5.44g (產率:75.3%)。 又,下述化學式中,Me表示甲基。 【化6 8】〇 (VIII) -109- 200928579 After adding 6.50 g of phosphorus pentoxide in a small amount to 33.6 g of methanesulfonic acid, 7.48 g of 2,6-dimethylanisole and 9_17 g of dibenzothiophene oxide were added. After stirring at a temperature of 45 ° C for 2 hours, 90 g of pure water and 150 g of hexane were added. The aqueous layer was obtained by liquid separation. To the 61.02 g of the aqueous solution obtained above, 61.02 g of dichloromethane was added, and the compound (III) obtained in Example 1-4 (purity 9 9.8%) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The organic solvent layer was washed three times with 60 g of pure water, and then crystallized from hexane to give 5.44 g (yield: 75.3%) of Compound ( VIII) as a white solid. Further, in the following chemical formula, Me represents a methyl group. 【化6 8】

㊀ Me-S03One Me-S03

對所得化合物(VIII )以NMR進行分析。其結果係 如以下所示。 'H- NMR ( DMSO- d6 ' 400MHz ) : &lt;5 (ppm)= 8.49-8.51 ( d &gt; 2H &gt; Ha ) 、8.31-8.35 (d,2H,Hd)、 7.9 - 7.96 ( t - 2H,Hb ) 、7.72 - 7.76 ( t &gt; 2H,He)、 7.31(s,2H,He) 、5.45-5.47(t,lH,Hf) 、4.97(s -110- 200928579The obtained Compound (VIII) was analyzed by NMR. The results are shown below. 'H-NMR (DMSO-d6 '400MHz): &lt;5 (ppm) = 8.49-8.51 (d &gt; 2H &gt; Ha ) , 8.31 - 8.35 (d, 2H, Hd), 7.9 - 7.96 ( t - 2H , Hb), 7.72 - 7.76 (t &gt; 2H, He), 7.31 (s, 2H, He), 5.45-5.47 (t, lH, Hf), 4.97 (s -110- 200928579

,1H,Hg) 、4.57 — 4.72 ( d,2H,Hh ) ' 3.67 ( s,3H ,Hk ) ,2.71-2.73 (m,1H,Hi) ,2.08—2.21 (m, 8H &gt; Hj + HI )。 19F — NMR ( DMSO — d6、376MHz ) : δ (ppm)= -107.19 &gt; - 106.98。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(VIII )具有下述所示 結構。,1H,Hg),4.57 — 4.72 ( d,2H,Hh ) ' 3.67 ( s,3H ,Hk ) ,2.71-2.73 (m,1H,Hi) ,2.08—2.21 (m, 8H &gt; Hj + HI ) . 19F - NMR (DMSO - d6, 376MHz): δ (ppm) = -107.19 &gt; - 106.98. From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (VIII) had the structure shown below.

〔實施例7〕 於反應容器中,加入下述化合物(7— 1) 34.10g、氯 基苯 51.00g、五甲基硫醚(6.18g)、苯甲酸銅(II) 0.463g,於100°C下攪拌1小時後,將反應液冷卻至5〇t ’將t一丁基甲基醚123 g滴入其中。使所得固體再溶解於 二氯甲烷164g中,以1%之NH3水溶液16.5g進行洗淨, 再以純水16.5g水洗4次後,滴入t — 丁基甲基醚200g後 得目的化合物(7 — 2 ) 1 1 · 5 g (產率4 7 % )。 -111 - 200928579 【化7 0】[Example 7] In the reaction vessel, the following compound (7-1) 34.10 g, chlorobenzene 51.00 g, pentamethyl sulfide (6.18 g), copper (II) benzoate 0.463 g were added at 100 °. After stirring for 1 hour at C, the reaction solution was cooled to 5 〇t', and 123 g of t-butyl methyl ether was dropped thereinto. The obtained solid was redissolved in 164 g of dichloromethane, washed with 16.5 g of a 1% NH3 aqueous solution, and washed with pure water 16.5 g of water for 4 times, and then 200 g of t-butyl methyl ether was added dropwise to obtain the objective compound (7 — 2) 1 1 · 5 g (yield 47%). -111 - 200928579 【化7 0】

對所得化合物(7 — 2 )以NMR進行分析。其結果係 如以下所示。 1 Η — N M R ( D M S Ο — d 6、4 0 0 M Hz ) : δ (ppm)= 8.07 ( d 2H &gt; Ph- H ) ,7.81(d,2H,Ph-H) &gt; 7.43 ( d ’2H’PTS) ,7.12(d,2H,PTS) ,4.10(t,2H,CH2 )'3.59 ( d &gt; 2H &gt; CH2 ) ,2.32(s,3H,CH3) ,2.20( d ’ 2H ’ CH2 ) ,2.19- 1_71 ( m,4H,CH2 ) ,1.23 ( s, 9H’ t — Bu )。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(7 - 2)具有上述所示 結構。 其次’於反應容器中,加入上述化合物(7 — 2) 7.66g與純水23.00g後進行攪拌。於其中添加前述化合物 (III) 11.15g,加入二氯甲烷76.6g攪拌24小時後’將 反應液分液、回收所得之有機相(二氯甲烷相),以1 % 鹽酸水溶液73.4g洗淨2次後,以純水洗淨4次。使有機 相分液,以減壓去除二氯甲烷後,得目的化合物(X ) 2.1 7 g (產率 1 6 · 4 % )。 -112- 200928579 【化7 1】The obtained compound (7-2) was analyzed by NMR. The results are shown below. 1 Η — NMR ( DMS Ο — d 6, 4 0 0 M Hz ) : δ (ppm) = 8.07 ( d 2H &gt; Ph- H ) , 7.81 (d, 2H, Ph-H) &gt; 7.43 ( d ' 2H'PTS) , 7.12 (d, 2H, PTS), 4.10(t, 2H, CH2 ) '3.59 ( d &gt; 2H &gt; CH2 ) , 2.32 (s, 3H, CH3) , 2.20 ( d ' 2H ' CH2 ) , 2.19 - 1_71 ( m, 4H, CH2 ) , 1.23 ( s, 9H' t — Bu ). From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (7-2) had the structure shown above. Next, 7.66 g of the above compound (7-2) and 23.00 g of pure water were added to the reaction vessel, followed by stirring. 11.15 g of the above compound (III) was added thereto, and 76.6 g of dichloromethane was added and stirred for 24 hours. Then, the reaction liquid was separated, and the obtained organic phase (dichloromethane phase) was recovered, and washed with 73.4 g of a 1% aqueous hydrochloric acid solution. After that, it was washed 4 times with pure water. The organic phase was separated, and methylene chloride was removed under reduced pressure to give the objective compound (X) 2.1 g (yield: 16 6 %). -112- 200928579 【化7 1】

對所得化合物(X )以NMR進行分析。其結果係如 以下所示。 】H-NMR(DMSO — d6、400MHz) : δ (ppm)= 7_96(d,2H,Ph-H) ,7.71(d,2H,Ph-H) &gt; 5.49 ( t ,1H,CH) ,4.97(s,lH,CH) ,4.71(d,lH,CH) ,4.58 (s,1H &gt; CH ) ,3.77 (m,4H - CH2 ) ,2.72 ( m ,1H,CH) ,2.15(m,4H,CH2) ,1.97(m,2H,CH2 ),1.73(m,2H,CH2) ,1.30(s,9H,t-Bu)。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(X )具有上述所示結 構。 〔實施例8〜1 1、比較例1〕 將表1所示之各成份混合、溶解,以製作正型光阻組 成物。 -113- 200928579 〔表1〕 (Α)成份 (Β)成份 ⑼成份 ⑻成份 (S) 成份 實施例8 (A) -1 〔100〕 (Β) -1 (6.5) (D) -1 [0.50〕 (Ε) —1 〔1.32〕 (S) -1 〔2000〕 (S) -2 〔10〕 實施例9 (A) -1 〔1〇〇〕 ⑻一2 〔14.0〕 (D) -1 [0.50] (Ε) -1 〔1.32〕 (S) -1 〔2000〕 (S) -2 〔10〕 實施例1〇 (A) -1 〔100〕 (Β) -3 〔6.5〕 (D) -1 〔0.50 ] (Ε) —1 〔1.32〕 ⑻一 1 〔2000〕 (S) -2 〔10〕 實施例11 (Α) -2 〔100〕 (Β) -3 〔6.5〕 (D) -1 〔0.75〕 (Ε) -1 〔1.32〕 ⑻—1 〔2000〕 (S) -2 〔10〕 比較例1 (Α) -1 〔1〇〇〕 (Β,)—1 (8.0) (D) -1 [0.50〕 (Ε) -1 〔1.32〕 ⑻—1 〔2000〕 (S) -2 〔1〇〕 表1中,〔〕内之數値爲添加量(質量份)。又,表 1中之記號分別表示以下內容。 (A) — 1:下述化學式(A) _1(式中,l/m/n = 45/35/20 (莫耳比))所表示之 Mw=7000、Mw/Mn =1 .8之共聚物。 (A) — 2:下述化學式(A) _2(式中,= 45/35/20(莫耳比))所表示之 Mw =5000、Mw/Μη =1.7之共聚物。 (B ) — 1 :上述化合物(IV )。 (B) — 2:上述化合物(V)。 (B ) — 3 :上述化合物(VI )。 (B’)一 1:4 —甲基苯基二苯基鏑九氟一 η — 丁烷磺 酸酯。 (D) — 1:三_η —戊基胺。 (Ε ) — 1 :水楊酸 -114- 200928579 (S) — 1 : PGMEA/PGME=6/4 (質量比)之混合 溶劑。 (s) —2: 丁內酯。 【化7 2】The obtained compound (X) was analyzed by NMR. The results are shown below. H-NMR (DMSO - d6, 400 MHz): δ (ppm) = 7_96 (d, 2H, Ph-H), 7.71 (d, 2H, Ph-H) &gt; 5.49 ( t , 1H, CH) , 4.97 (s, lH, CH), 4.71 (d, lH, CH), 4.58 (s, 1H &gt; CH ) , 3.77 (m, 4H - CH2 ) , 2.72 ( m , 1H, CH) , 2.15 (m, 4H) , CH2), 1.97 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.73 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.30 (s, 9H, t-Bu). From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (X) had the structure shown above. [Examples 8 to 1 1 and Comparative Example 1] The components shown in Table 1 were mixed and dissolved to prepare a positive resist composition. -113- 200928579 [Table 1] (Α) Ingredients (Β) Ingredients (9) Ingredients (8) Ingredients (S) Ingredient Example 8 (A) -1 [100] (Β) -1 (6.5) (D) -1 [0.50 〕 (Ε) -1 [1.32] (S) -1 [2000] (S) -2 [10] Example 9 (A) -1 [1〇〇] (8) - 2 [14.0] (D) -1 [ 0.50] (Ε) -1 [1.32] (S) -1 [2000] (S) -2 [10] Example 1〇(A) -1 [100] (Β) -3 [6.5] (D) - 1 [0.50 ] (Ε) -1 [1.32] (8) -1 [2000] (S) -2 [10] Example 11 (Α) -2 [100] (Β) -3 [6.5] (D) -1 [0.75] (Ε) -1 [1.32] (8)-1 [2000] (S) -2 [10] Comparative Example 1 (Α) -1 [1〇〇] (Β,)—1 (8.0) (D) -1 [0.50] (Ε) -1 [1.32] (8) - 1 [2000] (S) -2 [1〇] In Table 1, the number 値 in [] is the amount of addition (parts by mass). Further, the symbols in Table 1 indicate the following contents, respectively. (A) — 1: Copolymerization of Mw=7000 and Mw/Mn=1.8 represented by the following chemical formula (A) _1 (where l/m/n = 45/35/20 (mole ratio)) Things. (A) - 2: a copolymer of Mw = 5000 and Mw / Μ = 1.7 represented by the following chemical formula (A) _2 (wherein, = 45/35/20 (mole ratio)). (B) - 1 : the above compound (IV). (B) - 2: the above compound (V). (B) - 3 : the above compound (VI). (B')-1:4-methylphenyldiphenylphosphonium hexafluoro-n-butane sulfonate. (D) — 1: Tri-n-pentylamine. (Ε ) — 1 : Salicylic acid -114- 200928579 (S) — 1 : PGMEA/PGME=6/4 (mass ratio) mixed solvent. (s) — 2: Butyrolactone. [化 7 2]

〇 〔解析性、感度〕 - 於8英时之砂晶圓上以旋轉塗佈器塗佈有機系抗反射 膜組成物「ARC29A」(商品名,普利瓦科技公司製), 並於熱壓板上以205 t、60秒之條件下進行燒焙、乾燥後 ,形成膜厚84nm之有機系抗反射膜。隨後,將上述表1 之正型光阻組成物使用旋轉塗佈器分別塗佈於該抗反射膜 上,並於熱壓板上依120 °C、60秒之條件下進行預燒焙( PAB)處理,經乾燥後,形成膜厚150nm之光阻膜。 其次,使用旋轉塗佈器將保護膜形成用塗佈液^ -115- 200928579 TSRC_ 002」(商品名,東京應化工業股份有限公司 塗佈於前述光阻膜上,經9(TC、60秒鐘加熱結果, 膜厚28nm之頂部塗覆層。 其次,使用浸潤用ArF曝光裝置NSR— S609B ( 公司製;NA(開口數)=1.07,2/3輪帶照明,縮 率1 / 4倍,浸潤式媒體:水),將ArF準分子雷 193nm)介由遮罩對形成有頂部塗覆層之前述光阻膜 0 行選擇性照射。 使用保護膜除去液「TS—Rememover — S」(商 ,東京應化工業股份有限公司製)去除頂部塗覆層, ,進行110°C、60秒鐘之PEB處理,再於23°C下以 質量%之TMAH水溶液NMD— 3 (東京應化工業股份 公司製)進行60秒鐘顯影,其後以3 0秒鐘,使用純 行水洗滌,進行振動乾燥。 其結果得知,無論任一例示中,於前述光阻膜上 Q 成有線寬65nm、間距130nm之線路與空間圖型。 此時,求取形成線寬65nm、間距130nm之線路 、 間圖型之最佳曝光量Eop(mJ/cm2)結果,得知實 • 8 爲 35.6mJ/cm2、實施例 9 爲 30.0mJ/cm2、實施 1 爲36.0mJ/cm2、實施例11爲27.0mJ/cm2、比較例 33.5mJ / cm2。 &lt;遮罩線性評估&gt; 上述Εορ中,將遮罩圖型之LS比(線寬與空間 製) 形成 理光 小倍 射( ,進 品名 其後 2.38 有限 水進 皆形 與空 施例 可1 0 1爲 寬度 -116- 200928579 之比)固定爲1: 1,使遮罩尺寸(線寬)於65〜120nm 範圍內以5nm變化下分別形成各個LS圖型,測定所形成 之LS圖型之尺寸(線寬)。 其結果得知,實施例8〜11,可形成對應於遮罩尺寸 之忠實尺寸的L S圖型,確認實施例8〜1 1之光阻組成物 相較於比較例1,具有更優良之遮罩重現性。 〔實施例1 2〜1 5、比較例2〕 將表2所示之各成份混合、溶解以製作正型光阻組成 物。 〔表2〕 (A)成份 (B)成份 ⑼成份 ⑻成份 (S)成份 實施例12 (A) —1 〔1〇〇〕 (B) -3 [0.8] (B,)—2 [10.4] (D) -1 〔1.0〕 (E) -1 〔1.32〕 (S) -1 〔2000〕 (S) -2 〔10〕 實施例13 (A) -1 〔1〇〇〕 (B) -2 [1.2] (B’)-2 〔10.4〕 (D) -1 〔1.0〕 (E) -1 〔1_32〕 (S) -1 [2000〕 (S) -2 〔10〕 實施例14 (A) -1 〔100〕 ⑻-2 〔2.3〕 (B,)一2 〔9.2〕 (D) -1 〔1.0〕 (E) -1 〔1.32〕 (S) -1 [2000〕 ⑻一 2 〔10〕 實施例15 (A) —1 〔1〇〇〕 ⑻一2 〔11.7〕 — CD) -1 [1.0] (E) -1 U.32) (S) -1 (2000 ) (S) -2 〔10〕 比較例2 (A) —1 〔1〇〇〕 — (B,)-2 [11.7) (D) -1 Π-0 3 (E) -1 〔1.32〕 (S) -1 [2000〕 ⑻—2 〔10〕〇 [Analytical, Sensitivity] - The organic anti-reflective film composition "ARC29A" (trade name, manufactured by Privah Technology Co., Ltd.) was applied to a sand wafer of 8 inches in a spin coater and hot pressed. The plate was baked and dried at 205 t for 60 seconds to form an organic anti-reflection film having a film thickness of 84 nm. Subsequently, the positive-type photoresist composition of the above Table 1 was separately coated on the anti-reflection film using a spin coater, and pre-baked on a hot plate at 120 ° C for 60 seconds (PAB). After the treatment, after drying, a photoresist film having a film thickness of 150 nm was formed. Next, a coating liquid for forming a protective film was formed using a spin coater ^-115-200928579 TSRC_002" (trade name, Tokyo Toka Chemical Co., Ltd. was applied to the above-mentioned photoresist film, and 9 (TC, 60 seconds) The result of the heating of the bell, the top coating layer with a film thickness of 28 nm. Next, using the ArF exposure apparatus NSR-S609B for infiltration (manufactured by the company; NA (number of openings) = 1.07, 2/3 wheel belt illumination, reduction ratio of 1 / 4 times, Infiltrated media: water), ArF excimer Ray 193 nm) selectively irradiates the photoresist film 0 with the top coating layer through a mask. Using a protective film removal solution "TS-Rememover — S" , Tokyo Toka Chemical Co., Ltd.) removes the top coating layer, performs PEB treatment at 110 ° C for 60 seconds, and then uses TMAH aqueous solution NMD-3 at 23 ° C (Tokyo Yinghua Industrial Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd.) was developed for 60 seconds, and then washed with pure water for 30 seconds, and subjected to vibration drying. As a result, in any of the examples, Q was 65 nm wide on the photoresist film. Line and space pattern with a pitch of 130 nm. At this time, the line width is 65n. m, the line with a pitch of 130 nm, the best exposure amount Eop (mJ/cm2) of the pattern, it is found that the actual 8 is 35.6 mJ/cm2, the embodiment 9 is 30.0 mJ/cm2, and the implementation 1 is 36.0 mJ/cm2. Example 11 is 27.0 mJ/cm 2 and Comparative Example 33.5 mJ / cm 2 . &lt;Mask linear evaluation&gt; In the above Εορ, the LS ratio (line width and space) of the mask pattern is formed into a Ricoh small shot ( The product name is 2.38 finite water into the shape and the empty application can be 1 0 1 for the width -116-200928579 ratio) fixed to 1:1, so that the mask size (line width) in the range of 65~120nm to 5nm Each LS pattern was formed under the change, and the size (line width) of the formed LS pattern was measured. As a result, it was found that in Examples 8 to 11, an LS pattern corresponding to the faithful size of the mask size can be formed, and it is confirmed. The photoresist compositions of Examples 8 to 1 had better mask reproducibility than Comparative Example 1. [Example 1 2 to 1.5, Comparative Example 2] The components shown in Table 2 were mixed. Dissolved to make a positive photoresist composition. [Table 2] (A) Component (B) Component (9) Component (8) Component (S) Component Example 12 (A) -1 1〇〇] (B) -3 [0.8] (B,)—2 [10.4] (D) -1 [1.0] (E) -1 [1.32] (S) -1 [2000] (S) -2 [10] Example 13 (A) -1 [1〇〇] (B) -2 [1.2] (B')-2 [10.4] (D) -1 [1.0] (E) -1 [1_32] ( S) -1 [2000] (S) -2 [10] Example 14 (A) -1 [100] (8) - 2 [2.3] (B,) - 2 [9.2] (D) -1 [1.0] ( E) -1 [1.32] (S) -1 [2000] (8) - 2 [10] Example 15 (A) - 1 [1〇〇] (8) - 2 [11.7] - CD) -1 [1.0] (E ) -1 U.32) (S) -1 (2000 ) (S) -2 [10] Comparative Example 2 (A) -1 [1〇〇] - (B,)-2 [11.7) (D) - 1 Π-0 3 (E) -1 [1.32] (S) -1 [2000] (8) - 2 [10]

表2中,〔〕内之數値爲添加量(質量份)。又’表In Table 2, the number 値 in [] is the added amount (parts by mass). '

2 中、(A)— 1、(B)— 2、( B) - 3 ' (D)— 1、(E )一 1、(S) — 1、(S) _2之內容分別與前述內容爲相 同,(B’)一 2爲表示下述化學式(B') - 2所表示之化 -117- 200928579 合物。 【化7 3】2 中, (A)-1, (B)-2, (B)-3' (D)-1, (E)-1, (S)-1, (S)_2, respectively Similarly, (B')-2 represents a compound of the formula -117-200928579 represented by the following chemical formula (B')-2. 【化7 3】

.0 or.0 or

(B,)~2 ❹ ❹ 使用所得之光阻組成物進行以下之評估。 〔解析性、感度〕 於8英吋之矽晶圓上以旋轉塗佈器塗佈有機系抗反射 膜組成物「ARC29A」(商品名,普利瓦科技公司製), 並於熱壓板上以205 °C、60秒之條件下進行燒焙、乾燥後 ,形成膜厚8 9nm之有機系抗反射膜。隨後,將上述光阻 組成物分別使用旋轉塗佈器塗佈於該抗反射膜上,並於熱 壓板上依1 l〇°C、60秒之條件下進行預燒焙(pAB )處理 ,經乾燥後,形成膜厚150nm之光阻膜。 其次,使用旋轉塗佈器將保護膜形成用塗佈液「 TILC- 03 5」(商品名,東京應化工業股份有限公司製) 塗佈於前述光阻膜上,經90 °C、60秒鐘加熱結果,形成 膜厚90nm之頂部塗覆層。 其次,使用ArF浸潤式曝光裝置NSR— S609B (理光 公司製;NA(開口數)=1.07,σ 0.97 ),將ArF準分 子雷射(193nm)介由通孔圖型之遮罩對形成有頂部塗覆 -118- 200928579 層之前述光阻膜,進行選擇性照射。 其後’進行105°C、60秒鐘之PEB處理,再於 下,以2.38質量%ΤΜΑΗ水溶液NMD — 3 (東京應化 股份有限公司製)進行6 0秒鐘顯影,其後再以3 0秒 使用純水進行水洗滌,進行振動乾燥。 其結果’無論任一例示中,於前述光阻膜上,皆 有以等間隔(間距180nm )所配置之通孔直徑90nm φ 孔所得之接觸孔圖型(以下,亦稱爲Dence CH圖型: 此時,求取形成前述Deuce CH圖型之最佳曝 Eop ( mJ/ cm2 )。其結果如表3所示。 〔焦點景涂寬度(DOF)〕 於上述Eop中,將焦點適度上下移動,並依上述 析性、感度〕相同方法形成光阻圖型,並求取上 Dence CH圖型於標靶尺寸±5% (即,85.5〜94.5nm) Q 寸變化率之範圍内所可形成之焦點深度幅(DOF,單 nm )。其結果如表3所示。 * . 〔遮罩缺陷因子(MEF)〕 於上述 Eop中,分別使用通孔之直徑的標尺 8 6nm、8 8nm、9 Onm、92nm、94nm 之遮罩圖型,形 距1 80nm之CH圖型。此時,使標靶尺寸(nm )作 軸,以使用各遮罩圖型於光阻膜所形成之通孔圖型的 (nm)作爲縱軸描繪之際的傾斜度作爲MEF所算 2 3 °C 工業 鐘, 形成 之通 〇 光量 〔解 述之 之尺 位: 寸爲 成間 爲横 口徑 出。 -119- 200928579 MEF (直線之傾斜度)’係指該數値越接近1時,其遮罩 重現性越佳之意。所得之結果係如表3所示。 〔曝光寬容度(EL Marge )〕 求取直徑90nm之Dence CH圖型形成有標靶尺寸( 通孔直徑90nm )之±5% ( 85.5nm、94.5nm )之際的曝光 量,並依下式求取曝光寬容度(EL Marge )(單位:% ) 。其結果係如表3所示。 曝光寬容度(EL Marge) (%) = ( IE1—E2!/(B,)~2 ❹ ❹ The following evaluation was carried out using the obtained photoresist composition. [Analytical and Sensitivity] The organic anti-reflection film composition "ARC29A" (trade name, manufactured by Privah Technology Co., Ltd.) was applied to a hot platen by a spin coater on a 8 inch wafer. After baking and drying at 205 ° C for 60 seconds, an organic anti-reflection film having a film thickness of 89 nm was formed. Subsequently, the photoresist composition is applied to the anti-reflection film by using a spin coater, and pre-baked (pAB) is performed on a hot plate at 1 l ° C for 60 seconds. After drying, a photoresist film having a film thickness of 150 nm was formed. Then, a coating liquid for forming a protective film "TILC- 03 5" (trade name, manufactured by Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was applied onto the resist film by a spin coater at 90 ° C for 60 seconds. As a result of the bell heating, a top coat layer having a film thickness of 90 nm was formed. Next, using an ArF immersion exposure apparatus NSR-S609B (manufactured by Ricoh Co., Ltd.; NA (number of openings) = 1.07, σ 0.97), an ArF excimer laser (193 nm) was formed with a top view through a through-hole pattern mask pair. The above-mentioned photoresist film of the layer of -118-200928579 was coated for selective irradiation. Thereafter, the PEB treatment was carried out at 105 ° C for 60 seconds, and then, the development was carried out for 60 seconds with a 2.38 mass% aqueous solution NMD-3 (manufactured by Tokyo Ohka Co., Ltd.), and then 3 0. The water was washed with pure water in seconds and subjected to vibration drying. As a result, in any of the examples, a contact hole pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as a Dence CH pattern) having a via hole diameter of 90 nm φ disposed at equal intervals (a pitch of 180 nm) is formed on the photoresist film. : At this time, the best exposure Eop (mJ/cm2) for forming the aforementioned Deuce CH pattern is obtained. The results are shown in Table 3. [Focus Width (DOF)] In the above Eop, the focus is moderately moved up and down. And forming a photoresist pattern according to the same method as the above-mentioned resolution and sensitivity, and obtaining a Dence CH pattern can be formed within a range of ±5% (ie, 85.5 to 94.5 nm) Q-inch change rate of the target size. The depth of focus (DOF, single nm). The results are shown in Table 3. * [Mask defect factor (MEF)] In the above Eop, the diameter of the through hole is used to measure the diameter of 8 6 nm, 8 8 nm, 9 Onm, 92nm, 94nm mask pattern, CH pattern with a distance of 180 nm. At this time, the target size (nm) is used as a shaft to use the through hole pattern formed by each mask pattern on the photoresist film. The inclination of the type (nm) as the vertical axis is plotted as the industrial clock of the 2 3 °C calculated by the MEF. The position of the inch: the inch is the horizontal diameter. -119- 200928579 MEF (the inclination of the line) means that the closer the number is to 1, the better the reproducibility of the mask. The result is as follows. Table 3. [Exposure latitude (EL Marge)] The exposure amount of the Dence CH pattern with a diameter of 90 nm formed with ±5% (85.5 nm, 94.5 nm) of the target size (via diameter 90 nm) The exposure latitude (EL Marge ) (unit: %) is obtained according to the following formula. The results are shown in Table 3. Exposure latitude (EL Marge) (%) = (IE1 - E2! /

Eop) xlOO〔式中,El爲表示形成通孔直徑85.5nm之CH 圖型之際的曝光量(m J / cm2 ) ,E2表示形成通孔直徑 94.5nm之CH圖型之際的曝光量(mj/cm2)〕。 〔表3〕 實施例12 實施例13 實施例Η 實施例15 比較例2 Eop (mJ/cm2) 37.0 38.5 39.9 70.0 43.0 DOF ( //m) 0.12 0.14 0.13 0.15 0.12 MEF 2.80 2.77 2.47 2.33 2.86 EL寬容度(%) 11.08 11.06 11.53 10.92 10.43 如表3所示般,實施例1 2〜1 5之光阻組成物相較於 比較例2之光阻組成物,顯示出良好之MEF、曝光寬容 度(ELMarge),且DOF亦爲同等以上。 由上述之結果得知,確認實施例8〜1 5之光阻組成物 具有優良之微影蝕刻特性。 -120- 200928579 〔實施例1 6〕 將化合物(11-1) 6.90g與水 28.0g與二氯甲烷 6 8.9g於室溫下攪拌,並於其中添加化合物(III) 8.8 8g。 經2小時攪拌後,經由分液處理回收有機層,加入二氯甲 烷200g,以1%HC1 aq 4 8.0g洗淨1次,純水48.0g水洗 淨4次。將所得有機層濃縮乾固而製得化合物(XI ) 6.91g (產率 55.3%)。Eop) xlOO [wherein, El is an exposure amount (m J / cm 2 ) at the time of forming a CH pattern having a via diameter of 85.5 nm, and E2 represents an exposure amount at the time of forming a CH pattern having a via diameter of 94.5 nm ( Mj/cm2)]. [Table 3] Example 12 Example 13 Example 实施 Example 15 Comparative Example 2 Eop (mJ/cm2) 37.0 38.5 39.9 70.0 43.0 DOF ( //m) 0.12 0.14 0.13 0.15 0.12 MEF 2.80 2.77 2.47 2.33 2.86 EL latitude (%) 11.08 11.06 11.53 10.92 10.43 As shown in Table 3, the photoresist compositions of Examples 1 2 to 15 showed good MEF and exposure latitude compared to the photoresist composition of Comparative Example 2 (ELMarge) ), and the DOF is equal to or above. From the above results, it was confirmed that the photoresist compositions of Examples 8 to 15 have excellent lithographic etching characteristics. -120-200928579 [Example 16] 6.90 g of the compound (11-1) and 28.0 g of water and 68.9 g of dichloromethane were stirred at room temperature, and the compound (III) 8.8 8 g was added thereto. After stirring for 2 hours, the organic layer was recovered by liquid separation, 200 g of methylene chloride was added, and the mixture was washed once with 1% HCl 1 aq 4 8.0 g, and washed 4 times with 48.0 g of pure water. The obtained organic layer was concentrated to dryness to give compound (XI) (yield: 55.3%).

所得化合物(XI )以NMR進行分析。其結果係如以 下所示。 - NMR ( DMSO - d6 ' 400MHz ) : δ (ppm)= O 7.99 ( d,2H,Hd )、7.76 ( t,1H,Hf )、7.62 ( t,2H &gt; He ) 、5.46 ( t,1H,Hj ) 、5.30 ( s,2H,Hc ) 、4.96 * (s,lH,Hk) 、4.71(d,lH,Hi) 、4.58(d,lH,Hi ' )、3.54 ( m,4H,Hb ) 、2.72 ( m,2H,Hh ) 、2.05- 2.28 ( m,6H,Ha + Hg )。 19F — NMR ( DMSO - d6、3 76MHz ) : δ ( ppm )= -107.1。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(XI)具有下述所示結 構。 -121 - 200928579 【化7 5】The obtained compound (XI) was analyzed by NMR. The results are shown below. - NMR ( DMSO - d6 ' 400MHz ) : δ (ppm) = O 7.99 ( d,2H,Hd ), 7.76 ( t,1H,Hf ), 7.62 ( t,2H &gt; He ) , 5.46 ( t,1H, Hj ) , 5.30 ( s, 2H, Hc ), 4.96 * (s, lH, Hk), 4.71 (d, lH, Hi), 4.58 (d, lH, Hi ' ), 3.54 ( m, 4H, Hb ), 2.72 ( m, 2H, Hh ), 2.05- 2.28 ( m, 6H, Ha + Hg ). 19F - NMR (DMSO - d6, 3 76MHz) : δ (ppm) = -107.1. From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (XI) had the structure shown below. -121 - 200928579 【化7 5】

〔實施例1 7〕 Ο 將化合物(12— 1) 7.56g溶解於純水75.64g後,加 入化合物(ΠΙ) 10.18g與二氯甲烷37.82g,於室溫下攪 拌2小時。其後,以分液方式取出有機層。將該有機層以 等質量倍之1 %HC1水溶液洗淨3次,其後,以等質量倍 之純水洗淨4次後,使有機層濃縮乾固,再使用真空幫浦 進行1晚乾燥後,得白色固體之化合物(XII ) 10.21 g ( 純度=97.6質量%,產率:85.3% )。[Example 1 7] 7. After dissolving 7.56 g of the compound (12-1) in 75.64 g of pure water, 10.18 g of a compound (ΠΙ) and 37.82 g of methylene chloride were added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Thereafter, the organic layer was taken out in a liquid separation manner. The organic layer was washed three times with an equal mass of 1% HCl aqueous solution, and then washed four times with an equal mass of pure water, and then the organic layer was concentrated to dryness, and then dried overnight using a vacuum pump. After that, a compound (XII) of 10.21 g (purity = 97.6 mass%, yield: 85.3%) was obtained as white solid.

【化7 6】【化7 6】

ΘΘ

下所示 Η - NMR ( DMSO - d6、400MHz ) : ¢5 ( ppm ) 122 200928579 0.87 ( m,3H,Ha ) 、1 · 2 8 ( m,2 Η,H b ) ' 1.54 ( 2H,HC) ' 2.11 ( m &gt; 2H &gt; Hd ) 、2.67—2.78 (m, He + Hf ) 、4.58 ( t * 1H,Hg ) 、4.7 1 (m,1H,Hg 5.00(m,lH,Hh) 、5.47(m,lH,Hi) 、7.72(m ,Hk) 、7.74— 7.85 (m,12H,H,)。 19F - NMR ( DMSO - d6 ' 3 76MHz) : δ ( ppm ) -1 06.1 -- 107.6 (m,2F,Fa)。其中,六氟苯之 爲 _ 1 60ppm。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(XII)具有下述 結構。 【化7 7】 m , 3H, )' ,2H 波峰 所示Η - NMR ( DMSO - d6, 400MHz ) shown below : ¢ 5 ( ppm ) 122 200928579 0.87 ( m,3H,Ha ) , 1 · 2 8 ( m,2 Η,H b ) ' 1.54 ( 2H,HC) ' 2.11 ( m &gt; 2H &gt; Hd ) , 2.67 - 2.78 (m, He + Hf ) , 4.58 ( t * 1H, Hg ) , 4.7 1 (m, 1H, Hg 5.00 (m, lH, Hh), 5.47 (m, lH, Hi), 7.72 (m , Hk), 7.74 - 7.85 (m, 12H, H,). 19F - NMR ( DMSO - d6 ' 3 76MHz) : δ ( ppm ) -1 06.1 -- 107.6 ( m, 2F, Fa), wherein hexafluorobenzene is _ 1 60 ppm. From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (XII) has the following structure. [Chemical 7 7] m , 3H, )' , 2H peak

〔實施例1 8〕 於硫酸二丁酯26.5g中添加硫代苯甲醚5.3g。於 °C下攪拌19小時後,將反應溶液滴入由純水53.0g 丁基甲基醚3 7.3 g混合所得之溶液中,經分液後,以 丁基甲基醚3 7.3 g洗淨2次。所得之水層中加入二氯 100 、t -t — 甲烷 -123- 200928579 3 9 9 g,經分液處理回收有機層,以純水4 2.8 g洗淨3次。 所得有機層經濃縮乾固,得化合物(1 8 — 1 ) 6.7g (產率 4 1.7%)。 【化7 8】[Example 1 8] 5.3 g of thioanisole was added to 26.5 g of dibutyl sulfate. After stirring at ° C for 19 hours, the reaction solution was added dropwise to a solution obtained by mixing 53.0 g of butyl methyl ether 3 7.3 g of pure water, and after separating, it was washed twice with butyl methyl ether 3 7.3 g. Dichloro 100, t -t - methane -123- 200928579 3 9 9 g were added to the obtained aqueous layer, and the organic layer was recovered by liquid separation, and washed three times with pure water 4 2.8 g. The obtained organic layer was concentrated to dryness to give Compound (1-8-1) 6.7 g (yield: 4. 1.7%). [化7 8]

(18-1) 所得化合物(1 8 — 1 )以NMR進行分析。其結果係如 以下所示。 'H- NMR ( DMSO- d6 ' 400MHz) : 5 ( ppm )= 8.15 (d&gt; 2H&gt; Ha) 、7.85— 7.63 (m,3H,Hb) ' 3.89 - 3_70(m,6H &gt; Hc ) 、1.52 - 1.19 ( m &gt; 12H,Hd ) 、0.89 -0.60 ( m,9H,He )。(18-1) The obtained compound (18-1) was analyzed by NMR. The results are shown below. 'H-NMR (DMSO-d6 '400MHz): 5 (ppm) = 8.15 (d&gt;2H&gt; Ha), 7.85 - 7.63 (m, 3H, Hb) ' 3.89 - 3_70(m,6H &gt; Hc ) , 1.52 - 1.19 ( m &gt; 12H, Hd ), 0.89 -0.60 ( m, 9H, He ).

由上述結果得知,確認化合物(1 8 - 1 )具有下述所 示結構。 【化7 9】From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (1 8 - 1 ) had the structure shown below. [化7 9]

-124- 200928579 將化合物(18 — 1) 4.89g與純水26.5g於室溫下攪拌 ,於其中添加二氯甲烷53.0g、化合物(III) 5.30g。攪拌 1小時後,經分液處理回收有機層,以1 %HC1水溶液 2 6.5g洗淨2次,純水26.5g水洗淨4次。所得有機層經 濃縮乾固後得化合物(XIII) 4.00g (產率57.4%)。 【化8 0】-124-200928579 4.89 g of the compound (18-1) and 26.5 g of pure water were stirred at room temperature, and 53.0 g of dichloromethane and 5.30 g of the compound (III) were added thereto. After stirring for 1 hour, the organic layer was separated by a liquid separation treatment, washed twice with 2 6.5 g of a 1% aqueous HCl solution and 2 times with 26.5 g of pure water. The obtained organic layer was concentrated to dryness to give Compound (XIII) 4.00 g (yield 57.4%). [化8 0]

所得化合物(XIII )以NMR進行分析。其結果係如 以下所示。 lH - NMR ( DMSO - d6 ' 400MHz ) : δ (ppm)= 8.12 (d - 2H&gt; Ha) 、7.82-7.63 (m,3H,Hb) 、5.45(The obtained compound (XIII) was analyzed by NMR. The results are shown below. lH - NMR ( DMSO - d6 ' 400MHz ) : δ (ppm) = 8.12 (d - 2H&gt; Ha) , 7.82 - 7.63 (m, 3H, Hb), 5.45 (

〇 t,1H,Hc) 、4.98 ( t,1H,Hd ) 、4.69 &gt; 4_58 ( m,2H ,He) 、3.89-3.70 (m,4H,Hf) 、2.71(q,lH,Hg) 、2.12(t,2H,Hh) 、l_52-1.19(m,8H,Hi) ' 0.89 % — 0.6 0 ( m,6 H,Hj )。 I9F - NMR ( DMSO - d6、3 76MHz ) : δ ( ppm )= -106.7 , 一 106.9 。 由上述結果得知,確認化合物(XIII)具有下述所示 結構。 -125- 200928579 【化8 1】〇t,1H,Hc), 4.98 (t,1H,Hd), 4.69 &gt; 4_58 ( m,2H ,He) , 3.89-3.70 (m,4H,Hf) , 2.71 (q,lH,Hg) , 2.12 (t, 2H, Hh), l_52-1.19 (m, 8H, Hi) ' 0.89 % — 0.6 0 ( m, 6 H, Hj ). I9F-NMR (DMSO-d6, 3 76MHz): δ (ppm) = -106.7, a 106.9. From the above results, it was confirmed that the compound (XIII) had the structure shown below. -125- 200928579 【化8 1】

-126--126-

Claims (1)

200928579 十、申請專利範面 1· 一種光阻組成物,其爲含有經由酸之作用而對鹼顯 影液之溶解性發生變化之基材成份(A),及經由曝光而 產生酸之酸產生劑成份(B)之光阻組成物,其特徵爲, 前述酸產生劑成份(B)爲含有下述通式(bl-l)所 表示之化合物所形成之酸產生劑(B1), 【化1】200928579 X. Patent Application No. 1 A photoresist composition which is a substrate component (A) containing a change in solubility of an alkali developer via an action of an acid, and an acid generator which generates an acid via exposure. The photoresist composition of the component (B), wherein the acid generator component (B) is an acid generator (B1) formed by a compound represented by the following formula (bl-1); 】 〔式中,X 爲一0-、一S—、一 0— R3 —或一 S-R4 一,R3及R4爲各自獨立之碳數1〜5之伸烷基;R2爲碳 數1〜6之烷基、碳數1〜6之烷氧基、碳數1〜6之鹵化 烷基、鹵素原子、碳數1〜6之羥烷基、羥基或氰基;a 爲0〜2之整數;Q1爲碳數1〜12之伸烷基或單鍵;Y1爲 碳數1〜4之伸烷基或氟化伸烷基;A+爲有機陽離子〕。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項之光阻組成物,其中,前述 基材成份(A)爲經由酸之作用而增大對鹼顯影液之溶解 性的基材成份。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第2項之光阻組成物,其中,前述 基材成份(A)爲含有經由酸之作用而增大對鹼顯影液之 -127- 200928579 溶解性的樹脂成份(A1 ),該樹脂成份(A1 )爲具 有酸解離性溶解抑制基之丙烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位 )° 4.如申請專利範圍第3項之光阻組成物,其中, 樹脂成份(A1)尙具有含有含內酯之環式基之丙烯 所衍生之結構單位(a2)。 5 .如申請專利範圍第3項之光阻組成物,其中, 樹脂成份(A1)尙具有含有含極性基之脂肪族烴基 烯酸酯所衍生之結構單位(a3 )。 6 .如申請專利範圍第1項之光阻組成物,其含有 有機化合物(D )。 7. —種光阻圖型之形成方法,其特徵爲包含使用 專利範圍第1〜6項中任一項之光阻組成物於支撐體 成光阻膜之步驟,使前述光阻膜曝光之步驟’及將前 阻膜鹼顯影以形成光阻圖型之步驟。 8. —種化合物,其特徵爲如下述通式(I)所表 有含 前述 酸酯 前述 之丙 含氮 rh s主 甲δ円 上形 述光 示之 化合物, 【化2】[wherein, X is a 0-, an S-, a 0-R3- or an S-R4-, R3 and R4 are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; and R2 is a carbon number of 1 to 6 An alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group; a is an integer of 0 to 2; Q1 is an alkylene group or a single bond having a carbon number of 1 to 12; Y1 is an alkylene group or a fluorinated alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4; and A+ is an organic cation]. 2. The photoresist composition according to claim 1, wherein the substrate component (A) is a substrate component which increases the solubility to the alkali developer via the action of an acid. 3. The photoresist composition according to claim 2, wherein the substrate component (A) is a resin component (A1) containing a solubility of -127-200928579 to an alkali developer via an action of an acid. The resin component (A1) is a structural unit derived from an acrylate having an acid dissociable dissolution inhibiting group. 4. The photoresist composition according to claim 3, wherein the resin component (A1) has a content A structural unit derived from propylene containing a lactone ring group (a2). 5. The photoresist composition of claim 3, wherein the resin component (A1) has a structural unit (a3) derived from a polar group-containing aliphatic hydrocarbyl acrylate. 6. The photoresist composition according to claim 1, which comprises the organic compound (D). 7. A method for forming a photoresist pattern, comprising the step of using a photoresist composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6 to form a photoresist film on a support, and exposing the photoresist film Step 'and the step of developing the front barrier film to form a photoresist pattern. 8. A compound characterized by having a compound represented by the above formula (I), wherein the above-mentioned acid ester comprises a nitrogen-containing rh s main methyl δ 上 , and a compound of the above formula (I) -128- 200928579 〔式中,X 爲一Ο—、一 s—、_0-R3 —或 _S_R4 _,R3及R4爲各自獨立之碳數1〜5之伸烷基;R2爲碳 數1〜6之烷基、碳數1〜6之烷氧基、碳數1〜6之幽化 烷基、鹵素原子、碳數1〜6之羥烷基、羥基或氰基;a 爲0〜2之整數;Q1爲碳數1〜12之伸烷基或單鍵;γΐ爲 碳數1〜4之伸烷基或氟化伸烷基;Μ +爲鹼金屬離子〕。-128- 200928579 [wherein, X is a Ο-, a s-, _0-R3- or _S_R4 _, R3 and R4 are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 5; R2 is a carbon number of 1~ An alkyl group of 6 , an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a decantyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group; a being 0 to 2 An integer; Q1 is an alkylene group or a single bond having a carbon number of 1 to 12; γ ΐ is an alkylene group or a fluorinated alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4; and Μ + is an alkali metal ion]. 9· 一種化合物之製造方法,其特徵爲,包含使下述通 式(I— 3)所表示之化合物(I 一 3),與下述通式(I — 4)所表不之化合物(I- 4)進行脫水縮合,以製得下述 通式(I)所表示之化合物(:)之步驟, 【化3】 〇 II + ΗΟ—C——Y1—SO; Μ …A method for producing a compound comprising a compound represented by the following formula (I-3) (I-3) and a compound represented by the following formula (I-4) (I) - 4) a step of dehydration condensation to obtain a compound (:) represented by the following formula (I), [Chemical 3] 〇II + ΗΟ-C-Y1-SO; Μ ... -129- 200928579 一,R3及R4爲各自獨立之碳數1〜5之伸烷基;R2爲碳 數1〜6之烷基、碳數1〜6之烷氧基、碳數1〜6之鹵化 烷基、鹵素原子、碳數1〜6之羥烷基、羥基或氰基;a 爲0〜2之整數;Q1爲碳數1〜12之伸烷基或單鍵;Y1爲 碳數1〜4之伸烷基或氟化伸烷基;M +爲鹼金屬離子〕。 10.—種下述通式(bl—l)所表示之化合物, 【化4】-129- 200928579 A, R3 and R4 are each independently an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; R2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 1 to 6 Halogenated alkyl group, halogen atom, hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxyl group or cyano group; a is an integer of 0 to 2; Q1 is an alkylene group or a single bond having a carbon number of 1 to 12; Y1 is a carbon number of 1 ~4 alkyl or fluorinated alkyl; M + is an alkali metal ion]. 10. A compound represented by the following formula (bl-1), [Chemical 4] 〔式中,X 爲一〇—、一 S—、— 0— R3 —或—s— R4 一,R3及R4爲各自獨立之碳數1〜5之伸烷基;R2爲碳 ❹ 數1〜6之烷基、碳數1〜6之烷氧基、碳數1〜6之國化 烷基、鹵素原子、碳數1〜6之羥烷基、羥基或氰基;a 爲〇〜2之整數;Q1爲碳數1〜12之伸烷基或單鍵;γΐ爲 * 碳數1〜4之伸烷基或氟化伸烷基;Α +爲有機陽離子〕。 11· —種酸產生劑,其特徵爲,由申請專利範圍第10 項之化合物所形成者。 -130- 200928579 七、指定代表圖: (一) 、本案指定代表圖為:無 (二) 、本代表圖之元件代表符號簡單說明:無[wherein, X is a 〇-, an S-, -0-R3- or -s--R4-, R3 and R4 are each independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 5; R2 is a carbon ❹ number 1~ An alkyl group of 6 , an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a nationalized alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group; a is 〇~2 An integer; Q1 is an alkylene group or a single bond having a carbon number of 1 to 12; γ ΐ is an alkylene group or a fluorinated alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4; and Α + is an organic cation. 11. An acid generator characterized by being formed by a compound of claim 10 of the scope of the patent application. -130- 200928579 VII. Designated representative map: (1) The designated representative figure of this case is: None (2), the representative symbol of the representative figure is simple: No 八、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化 學式:8. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please reveal the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: 00 ·*· (blβ 1)·*· (blβ 1)
TW97134569A 2007-09-12 2008-09-09 Resist composition, method of formimg resist pattern, novel compound and method of producing the same, and acid generator TWI384325B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007237054 2007-09-12
JP2007275655 2007-10-23
JP2008001423 2008-01-08
JP2008064131A JP5216380B2 (en) 2007-09-12 2008-03-13 NOVEL COMPOUND, ACID GENERATOR, RESIST COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR FORMING RESIST PATTERN

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200928579A true TW200928579A (en) 2009-07-01
TWI384325B TWI384325B (en) 2013-02-01

Family

ID=41070223

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW97134569A TWI384325B (en) 2007-09-12 2008-09-09 Resist composition, method of formimg resist pattern, novel compound and method of producing the same, and acid generator

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5216380B2 (en)
CN (1) CN101408728B (en)
TW (1) TWI384325B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI468859B (en) * 2011-05-27 2015-01-11 羅門哈斯電子材料有限公司 Photoresist composition

Families Citing this family (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101898987A (en) * 2009-05-28 2010-12-01 住友化学株式会社 Salt and the photo-corrosion-resisting agent composition that contains this salt
US8338077B2 (en) * 2009-06-22 2012-12-25 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc Photoacid generators and photoresists comprising same
JP5689253B2 (en) 2009-06-24 2015-03-25 住友化学株式会社 Chemically amplified photoresist composition and method for producing resist pattern
CN102225924B (en) * 2009-12-10 2015-04-01 罗门哈斯电子材料有限公司 Photoacid generators and photoresists comprising same
TWI530478B (en) * 2010-02-18 2016-04-21 住友化學股份有限公司 Salt and photoresist composition containing the same
JP5969171B2 (en) * 2010-03-31 2016-08-17 ローム アンド ハース エレクトロニック マテリアルズ エルエルシーRohm and Haas Electronic Materials LLC Photoacid generator and photoresist containing the same
JP5879834B2 (en) * 2010-11-15 2016-03-08 住友化学株式会社 Salt, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP5977594B2 (en) * 2011-07-19 2016-08-24 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP5977595B2 (en) * 2011-07-19 2016-08-24 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6205156B2 (en) * 2012-04-10 2017-09-27 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6134562B2 (en) * 2012-04-27 2017-05-24 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6174363B2 (en) * 2012-05-14 2017-08-02 住友化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
JP6343467B2 (en) * 2013-03-27 2018-06-13 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and method for forming resist pattern
JP7076207B2 (en) * 2017-12-28 2022-05-27 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist pattern formation method
CN111630111A (en) * 2018-01-31 2020-09-04 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Composition, method for forming resist pattern, and method for forming insulating film

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4494060B2 (en) * 2004-03-30 2010-06-30 東京応化工業株式会社 Positive resist composition
TWI378325B (en) * 2005-03-30 2012-12-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Salt suitable for an acid generator and a chemically amplified resist composition containing the same
TWI402622B (en) * 2005-10-28 2013-07-21 Sumitomo Chemical Co A salt suitable for an acid generator and a chemically amplified resist composition containing the same
JP5070801B2 (en) * 2005-10-28 2012-11-14 住友化学株式会社 Salt for acid generator of chemically amplified resist composition
CN1971421B (en) * 2005-11-21 2012-05-30 住友化学株式会社 Salt for acid generating agent and chemically amplifiable anticorrosion composition containing the salt
CN101211113B (en) * 2006-12-27 2012-01-11 住友化学株式会社 Chemically amplified corrosion-resisting agent composition
JP4866780B2 (en) * 2007-04-24 2012-02-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Positive photosensitive composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP5145776B2 (en) * 2007-05-31 2013-02-20 セントラル硝子株式会社 Novel sulfonate, onium sulfonate and sulfonic acid derivative and method for producing the same
JP5019071B2 (en) * 2007-09-05 2012-09-05 信越化学工業株式会社 Novel photoacid generator, resist material and pattern forming method using the same

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI468859B (en) * 2011-05-27 2015-01-11 羅門哈斯電子材料有限公司 Photoresist composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101408728B (en) 2012-03-21
CN101408728A (en) 2009-04-15
TWI384325B (en) 2013-02-01
JP5216380B2 (en) 2013-06-19
JP2009186952A (en) 2009-08-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI391781B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, novel compound, and acid generator
TW200928579A (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, novel compound and method of producing the same, and acid generator
TWI465844B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, compound and acid generator
TWI464532B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, compound and acid generator
TWI505033B (en) Positive resist composition, method of forming resist pattern and polymeric compound
TWI525071B (en) Novel compound
KR101660529B1 (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, compound and acid generator including the compound
TWI493291B (en) Positive resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
TWI410749B (en) Resist composition for immersion exposure, method of forming resist pattern using the same, and fluorine-containing compound
TWI501029B (en) Method of producing polymeric compound
TWI468863B (en) Positive resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
TWI507424B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, novel compound and acid generator
TWI534531B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, and polymeric compound
TW201003319A (en) Positive resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, and polymeric compound
TWI389922B (en) Polymer compound, positive resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
TWI464533B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, and novel compound and acid generator
TWI383252B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, compound and acid generator
TW201100965A (en) Positive resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
TW201223949A (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern, novel compound, and acid generator
TWI394741B (en) Compound, acid generator, resist composition, and method for formation of resist patterns
TWI424265B (en) Novel compound, manufacturing method thereof, acid generator, resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
JP2009209128A (en) Resist composition, method for forming resist pattern, new compound, method for producing the same and acid generator
TW200940569A (en) Fluorine-containing compound, resist composition for immersion exposure, and method of forming resist pattern
TW201241566A (en) Resist composition and method of forming resist pattern
TWI494686B (en) Resist composition, method of forming resist pattern